You are currently browsing the archives for .

Birds in Flight, Chapter 2

  • Posted on December 18, 2020 at 3:15 pm

by Girl Lover

During the following week, Jill and Linda spent much of their time together. Wendy and Tracy continued to sneer and make fun of their friendship at school, but less often than before. Linda wasn’t so frightened with Jill around, and Jill refused to let the insults of these former friends get to her… so Wendy and Tracy were gradually losing interest in bullying them.

As they walked to or from school, Jill often took Linda’s hand in her own. Linda never asked about that, to Jill’s relief, and it soon seemed as if the girl enjoyed it just as much as she did.

By Friday, Jill knew she was in love. Those thoughts of kissing Linda had blossomed into fantasies that unsettled her. And how could she feel that way about such a young girl? Though it bewildered her, she couldn’t deny her heart. In bed at night, she would picture Linda, imagining the child. Her smile. Her arms. Her legs. Her body. Soon she was imagining herself undressing the young girl. Touching her. Making love to her.

Jill ached to tell Linda how she felt, but didn’t know how to do it, what words to say. All she could do was wait for the right moment.

As they walked home after school, Jill took Linda’s hand in hers. “How was school today?” she asked.

“Oh, okay,” Linda answered. “I hafta memorize all the states and capitals this weekend.”

“I could help you with that tomorrow,” Jill offered.

“Oh, that would be great!”

Jill pursed her lips, then shyly said, “I’d like to spend the night with you again.”

“Really?!” Linda gushed, “Oh Emma would love that!”

“I was… kind of wanting it to be just us. Without Emma. And tomorrow, we can all do something together.”

“Just me and you?” Linda asked.

Jill nodded, her pulse racing. Please, please say yes.

Linda thought for a second then replied, “Okay.”

***

That night, Jill spread the sleeping bag on the floor of Linda and Emma’s hidey-hole and waited. She was too nervous to focus on anything. She’d told her parents that she was spending the night with Wendy, because otherwise, they might wonder why she wanted to share a bed with a ten-year-old girl.

Linda wasn’t there yet; she was tucking Emma in back inside the trailer. Emma didn’t like having to sleep alone, but Linda sang to her while rubbing her back until the child finally fell asleep. Then Linda quietly crawled out the window, hastened over to the stand of trees to her secret place, and joined Jill inside.

Jill had made up her mind that she was going to tell Linda how she felt, but was incredibly nervous about it. I’ve never even been in love before, she told herself. Not until now. 

As Linda came in, she saw Jill sitting on the edge of the mattress waiting. Noticing how quiet her friend was, Linda sat beside her. “What’s the matter, Jill?”

Her brow furrowed, Jill quietly said, “I… I need to tell you something.”

Linda grew anxious, “What?”

Jill turned to face the young girl, her fear clearly showing, then suddenly leaned in, kissing Linda before she realized it.

Jill pulled away and, upon seeing the shocked look on Linda’s face, her heart fell and the most dismal feeling came over her. “I — I’m so sorry!” she blurted. “I shouldn’t have done that.”

Leaping to her feet, eyes filling with tears, Jill stumbled toward the door, intending to flee, but then she heard Linda call, “Don’t go.” Jill slowly turned around to stare at the little girl.

“Please don’t go,” Linda repeated. “I liked it.”

Relief washed over Jill as she struggled to catch her breath. Coming back over to join Linda, Jill whispered, “You did?”

Linda nodded. “Is that what you wanted to tell me?”

“Yes,” Jill said, adding quietly in a broken voice, “I’m… I’m in love with you.” Caught up in the passion of the moment, she felt more tears coming.

Linda’s face broke out in a huge grin. “Really?!”

Jill grinned back nervously, “Um, yeah.”

“I love you, too,” Linda said. “I’ve always…” She fell silent.

Jill raised an eyebrow, then took the child’s hands, “Do you maybe want to kiss some more?”

“Could we?” the girl asked excitedly.

“We have all night.” Jill quickly unrolled the sleeping bag, sat down on it and took the little girl in her arms, kissing her again. This time she made the kiss a playful one, nibbling gently at Linda’s lips.

Linda was completely still at first, then tried to copy what Jill was doing, though it seemed to come awkwardly to her. Jill lay back on the bed, drawing Linda down alongside her as they continued to kiss.

Finally, Linda broke away, gasping for air, “H-how do you hold your breath for so long?”

Jill chuckled. “Breathe through your nose, silly.”

She embraced the child again, kissing her passionately as she began to touch Linda’s body. Unable to resist, Jill slipped her hands beneath Linda’s shirt, caressing the ten-year-old’s bare skin.

Linda shivered, giggling, “That tickles.”

Her fingers slowly sliding along Linda’s side, Jill murmured, “You’re really soft. I like touching you.” Her fingers ran across Linda’s prepubescent breasts which were just beginning to blossom. “I want to do more than just kiss,” Jill said, her voice a husky whisper, “I want to see you.”

“Wh-what do you mean?” Linda asked.

“I want to see you without this on.” She tugged at Linda’s shirt.

The little girl’s eyes widened at the remark. “You mean…naked?!”

Jill nodded, sitting up, pulling off her own shirt and reaching behind to unclasp her bra, grinning all the while at Linda. As Linda stared at Jill as if she’d lost her mind, Jill continued to undress, pulling off her pants and panties, tossing everything on the floor.

Now nude, Jill reclined on the bed, letting Linda gawk at her bare body. “Take yours off,” she said.

Linda shook her head, clearly worried, “I — I don’t want anybody to see.”

“It’s just us,” Jill whispered reassuringly as she took hold of the hem of Linda’s shirt and slowly lifted it. “Let me see you.”

“Please… I can’t.” The little girl’s voice was barely a whisper.

“It’s okay,” Jill reassured her as she removed the shirt, not understanding why Linda seemed so agitated — that is, until the child was topless, and Jill saw the red welts covering her chest and arms.

For a few seconds, Jill stared in shock, unable to speak. Linda quickly hunched over, wrapping both arms around her chest in a futile effort to cover herself. Oh, my God, Jill thought. Who did that to her?

Realizing she was upsetting Linda with her staring, Jill quickly composed herself and pulled the sleeping bag flap over both of them. “It’s okay. You don’t have to be embarrassed,” Jill whispered, “You are a beautiful girl, you know”

That took Linda by surprise. She looked up at Jill, “Really?”

“Yes,” Jill’s hands slid down the child’s body, pulling down her skirt and panties.

“What are we g-going to do now?” Linda asked, a tremor in her voice.

“We’re entering a new world.”

“What kind of world?”

Jill stroked the girl’s hair, drawing close to kiss her before she answered. “One we make for ourselves.”

She climbed on top of Linda, who stared in awe at Jill, losing herself and her fears in the older girl’s eyes. She was still covering herself, but Jill gently moved her arms away, revealing the child’s barely budding breasts.

“They’re beautiful,” Jill sighed.

“You don’t think they look weird, then?” Linda asked, frowning.

Jill shook her head. “No,” she said, bending down to place a kiss on each one. It was getting especially warm beneath the blanket, so she pushed it to one side, uncovering their bare bodies.

Studying the older girl’s nudity with interest, Linda noticed Jill’s vulva and said, “Hey, you got hair on yours!”

Jill laughed, “You will too, when you’re older.”

“Um… can I feel it?”

“Of course.” Lying back, Jill spread her legs apart, letting Linda see everything. Nibbling nervously on her lower lip, the child reached out to touch the dark curls.

“It’s soft,” Linda murmured, her fingers moving lower. Jill moaned as the girl’s fingers brushed the moist flesh of her cunt. Linda’s eyes widened in surprise. “Omigosh, you’re wet!” she gasped, quickly taking her hand away. “D-did you pee yourself?”

“That’s not pee,” Jill replied, all smiles. “It’s… well, when a girl gets sexually excited, she gets all juicy down there.” She touched Linda’s cheek. “You make me feel that way, y’know. It makes me want to make love to you for real.”

“Really?” Linda whispered, gazing worshipfully at Jill. “Um… I don’t know how to…”

“I’ll show you.” She drew the little girl into her arms, kissing her. Linda tensed for a moment, then melted into Jill, whimpering as she returned the kiss. Their excitement began to build as they rubbed their bodies together. Almost instinctively, Jill pressed her sex against Linda’s leg.

Shit, this feels good, Jill thought. She couldn’t help but thrust harder, and then Linda was feeling it too, her smooth slit rubbing against Jill’s thigh.

Linda giggled at the funny face Jill was making in her lustful frenzy, but Jill was beyond caring, completely focused on how turned on she was, pumping her hips in a hard, steady rhythm. Her panting became more forceful, and soon a steady stream of profanity began to escape her lips. “Fuck, yes, oh yes! I — I’m fucking you, Linda. I’m fucking you. Oh, God, your cunt f-feels so good, so fucking warm and n-nice against my leg, oh yes, yes! Fuck me back, lover, fuck me like I’m fucking you…”.

Linda’s eyes widened at the torrent of obscenity flowing from Jill’s lips, then she simply forgot to be shocked as the older girl’s movements began to feel better and better. Her breath caught as an intense, almost painful rush of pleasure surged through her, rose to an unimaginable peak, then died away.

She lay quietly, gasping for air, then her eyes slowly fluttered open. Jill, propped up on one elbow, was grinning at her.

“Wh-what…happened?” Linda finally managed to say.

“You just had your very first orgasm,” Jill replied.

“That was…wow,” Linda mumbled, suddenly yawning before she added, “Can you…” Her eyes drifted shut, then popped open. She spoke again. “Can you…”

That was as far as she got, though. Her eyes closed once more. Soon, Jill heard a soft snore coming from her lips. Linda was asleep.

Carefully pulling the sleeping bag flap over them both, Jill embraced Linda, holding her close. For the longest while, she watched her sleep, in awe of how much in love she was with this little girl.

She tenderly kissed Linda’s forehead, then shivered as she noticed the red welts on the child’s chest. Tomorrow, she would have to figure out what to do about this. If she called the police and they arrested her mom, Linda could end up in a foster home somewhere far off and Jill might never see her again.

I’ve got to do something about this. I’ve got to! But what?

***

When Linda opened her eyes, she saw the sunlight peering through the cracks in the walls of their makeshift bedroom. She looked to her left and saw Jill sleeping beside her, the older girl’s hand resting on her chest. She felt their bare skin touch, and just like that, everything came back to her. In disbelief, she peeked inside the sleeping bag and saw that, sure enough, both of them were naked.

Looking up, she saw Jill watching her, wearing a nonchalant smile. A surprised squeak came from Linda and she quickly said, “Hi.”

“Hi,” Jill coolly replied, her finger casually circling Linda’s nipple inside the sleeping bag.

“Did last night really happen?” Linda whispered.

“Yep.” Jill’s smile grew even broader, her eyes sparkling.

“I really liked it.”

“Me too.” Jill rolled on top of her, stroking her face.

“Could we…do it some more?” asked Linda.

“We can,” Jill said, then gently kissed her….

“WHAT’CHA DOING?”

Startled, Jill and Linda whipped around to see Emma standing in the doorway, her arms folded.

Both girls quickly jerked away from each other as a red-faced Linda sputtered, “We’re… we were… just telling secrets.”

“Uh-uh,” Emma objected proudly, “Y’all were kissing!”

“Well, we’re… just practicing, for when we have boyfriends,” Linda tried again as Jill watched her, amused.

“No, you weren’t,” Emma countered with a wicked grin, “Y’all were kissing for real! You don’t have no clothes on, neither!”

Jill glanced at herself, then at Linda. Sure enough, the sleeping bag hadn’t quite been unable to conceal their nudity, Oh, hell, she thought. I sure hope little sister can keep her mouth shut.

“Emma!” Linda cried despairingly, “leave us alone! Go… do something.”

The child frowned. “I don’t have anything to do!”

“Well, go away and… and do nothing somewhere else!”

Emma skipped away, giving the lovers a backward glance as she sang, “Jill and Linda, sitting in a tree, K-I-S-S-I-N-G…” Her voice grew faint, then she was gone.

Jill scooted back over to press herself against Linda, wrapping her arms around the girl. “Is there anything you want to do today?” she asked.

Linda shook her head, “I just want to stay here with you.”

In the mood for more lovemaking, Jill kissed Linda’s neck, lightly nibbling her earlobe.

“Jill?”

“Hmm?”

“Can you do that thing again?”

“What thing?” Jill mumbled, her face still buried in Linda’s neck.

“That… thing you did last night.”

Jill sat up “Oh, you liked that?” she teased. Linda gave a little nervous titter. Jill reached out to touch the little girl’s bare slit. “You like this?” Linda nodded. “How much do you like it?”

“A l-lot.”

“What about when I do this?” Jill slowly, carefully slipped a finger into Linda’s vagina. Linda gave a little gasp, the breath catching in her throat as Jill’s finger moved slowly back and forth. Jill pressed her thumb against the child’s clit, getting an even bigger gasp, and continued to pleasure her for a minute, then asked, “Does this feel good?”

“Y-y-yeah…Oh, yeah…” Linda stammered.

“Do you want me to stop?”

“N-n-no… no…” Jill found the little girl’s awed reaction to be amazingly erotic, turning her on more she’d ever been before. She held Linda close, kissing her every now and then.

“That feels so nice,” Linda whispered, then opened her eyes, gazing up at Jill. “I’ve never been in love before. Have you?”

“Yeah, a couple of times.”

Startled, Linda gave Jill a worried look. “With who?”

Jill shrugged. “Well, there were a couple of boys when I was in eighth grade, and one when I was a sophomore… and then there was Jake over the summer.”

“And you were in love with all of them?”

“Don’t be jealous, sweetie. I’m older than you, and I was pretty popular. Besides, I still thought I liked boys back then.”

“But now… you’re in love with me?” She wrapped both arms around Jill, staring wide-eyed at the older girl.

“I am.” She gave Linda a gentle kiss. ”Those guys… they were special, yeah, but it wasn’t like this.” She smiled at the sad-eyed little girl. “I love you, Linda.”

Linda snuggled into her. “I — I love you too.”

They laid there a while, then Jill said, “I need to pee.”

“Me too. And I’m hungry.”

Jill crawled out of the sleeping bag and put on her clothes, while Linda did the same. Stepping out of the ramshackle room, Jill headed towards the trailer, but Linda stopped her. “We can walk down the street to the gas station to use the bathroom there.”

Jill turned around, “Why go all the way over there when we can just use the bathroom in your trailer?”

“The people at the gas station don’t mind.”

“But your trailer’s right here,” Jill protested.

“We can’t.”

Jill narrowed her gaze. “Why not?”

“We — we just can’t!” Linda pleaded.

Jill thought of the welts she’d seen on Linda’s body. Folding her arms, she transfixed the girl with a knowing look. “Linda… I know that your mom is hitting you.”

Linda’s face paled as her eyes widened with alarm. She took a few steps back, “She’s n-not hitting me!”

“I saw the marks on your body.”

“No! You… you’re wrong!”

“Please, Linda… I want to help you.”

“My mama’s good! She loves me!” On the verge of tears, Linda turned and ran toward the trailer, crying, “She would never hit me!”

“Linda!” But the child wouldn’t listen, quickly running inside the trailer and closing the door.

Jill stared at the trailer for a moment, then slowly approached it. Taking a deep breath, she knocked on the door.

A few seconds later, it was opened, but not by Linda. A large, disheveled woman stood in the doorway, the stench of her body odor and alcohol on her breath sharp in the morning air.

“The fuck d’ya want?!” the woman loudly slurred.

“I — I want to see Linda.” Jill’s normally bold tone was caught off guard, and she was unusually meek before this menacing woman.

“Who’re you?” the woman slightly swayed as if she might fall over.

“My name’s Jill…”

The woman didn’t wait for her to finish, slamming the door shut. Jill went over to Linda’s window and quietly knocked, but no one answered. Inside, she clearly heard the woman yell, then Linda cried out in pain.

Now furious, Jill ran back to the door and pounded hard. It was yanked open and the woman snarled, “Get outta here ‘fore I call the cops!” The door slammed again.

How could everything have gone so wrong so fast? Jill wondered. It seemed as if she had asked herself that same question not too long ago. Not knowing what else to do, she glumly set off for home.

On the way, Jill’s phone beeped. Checking it, she saw that her mom had texted her. COME HOME NOW. WE NEED TO TALK.

***

As Jill walked in the door, she saw both of her parents waiting. She wasn’t sure what it was about, but from the grim expressions on her parents’ faces, she knew it wasn’t good.

Her father spoke first, an icy edge to his voice “Do you know a ten-year-old girl named Linda?”

Jill nodded, suddenly numb with horror. Oh, God… they found out about us.

“Her mother just called. She told me that you forced yourself on her little girl last night… and that you hit her several times.”

Jill’s cheeks paled. “I never hit her!” she cried. “Her mom did that.”

Her mother spoke.  “Who is this girl, anyhow? You told us you were spending the night with Wendy.”

“She–she’s my friend…”

“Why would this woman say you forced yourself on her daughter?”

“I didn’t. I only…” At that instant, Jill realized that she’d said too much.

Her father took a step forward, his eyes narrowing suspiciously, “You only what?”

“We were…” The looks from her parents were playing havoc with her thinking, and in a moment of panic, she blurted out, “I kissed her.”

For what seemed an eternity, no one spoke. Jill knew that she had just sealed her fate. Finally, Mom’s voice broke the deathly silence,  wincing as if she had been struck, “Jill…?”

“It wasn’t a bad thing,” Jill mumbled. “She wanted me to. We… we’re in love.”

“In love…with a ten year-old?!”

“It’s not wrong. You don’t understand–”

“Enough!” her father thundered, “My God… you kissed a child! And a girl, at that! What have you become? One of those filthy perverts we hear about in the news? You’re molesting little girls now?”

“I’m not, I’m not! I love Linda. I would never molest her!”

“I don’t want to hear another word!” her father roared. “I know what caused all of this. It’s that school you’re going to! Filling your head with corruption and filth! I should have taken you out of there when they started teaching sex education, but your mother talked me out of it. Well, no more! You’re going to a good Christian school. And you will learn right from wrong!” He pointed toward the door. “Go to your room, young lady. You aren’t setting foot out of this house until you start school again.”

Sick at heart, Jill rose on shaking legs and made her way down the hall.

And that was the end of it. For the rest of the weekend, Jill was confined to her bedroom except for meals, and a couple of hours after dinner when she was expected to read the Bible aloud to her parents. Her phone and computer were taken away, and her mother made arrangements for her to be transferred to St Paul Lutheran School. Jill knew that she would never see Linda again.

***

Monday morning. A miserable Jill looked out the car window at the drab white limestone building as her mother pulled into the parking lot of St. Paul Lutheran School. Neither Jill nor her parents had spoken a word to each other that morning.

As the car stopped, Jill stepped out, clutching her backpack tightly to her chest. She trudged behind as her mother walked briskly up to the front door and into the lobby. Ahead, a tall older woman with dark, blond hair pulled back into a bun, greeted them. “Why, hello, Margaret!”

“Good morning, Helen!”

Helen Slimp, the school’s headmaster, looked disdainfully at Jill. “And this is…?”

Her mother turned to look at Jill, who was staring at her feet, “This is Jill.”

“Ah… yes. I’ll take her to Miss Lange’s room right away.”

“Thank you, Helen. Jill…” Jill didn’t respond. “I’ll be here at four o’clock sharp to pick you up.” Without another word, she turned and left.

Jill followed Mrs Slimp through the hall until she stopped before a door, then opened it. A few dozen girls stared at her, as did the teacher, a sharp-faced woman with her hair done up in a tight bun.

“Miss Lange… this is our new student, Jill.”

“Yes, Headmaster.” Mrs Slimp left, then Miss Lange pointed to an empty desk, “Take your seat.”

Jill sat down, and life at her new school began.

She quickly learned that the other students had found out about her — nothing very specific, just that she’d gotten in big trouble for doing something perverted. It made the situation even worse; now all kinds of weird rumors were flying around, and no one was willing to be her friend.

At four o’clock, her mother was there to pick her up, driving home without a word, then Jill spent the rest of the evening doing her homework and reading the Bible aloud to her parents.

The following day was the same, except that at one point she was cornered by a couple of girls who gleefully informed Jill that God hated her, and she was sure to burn in hellfire for all eternity.

That night as she laid in bed, Jill thought of Linda, of how much she loved her. Linda’s a prisoner too, just like me. The more she thought about their situation, the angrier she got. I’m not going to live my life like this, she thought, her jaw clenched in determination.

Making a decision, she began to sketch out a plan in her mind.

***

Once she was sure that her parents were asleep, Jill quietly opened the window of her bedroom and carefully climbed out. Soon, she was walking the dark, silent streets of the neighborhood, on her way to the poor side of town where Linda lived. It had been over three days since she’d seen the girl. What worried her most was that she didn’t know if Linda even wanted to talk to her. She might even hate me now, Jill told herself.

Coming up to the trailer, Jill took a deep breath, then quietly knocked on the window.

The curtain drew back slightly and Emma’s pixieish face appeared. Her eyes widened, and she turned to hiss, “It’s Jill!”

An instant later, Linda appeared beside Emma.  She had clearly lost weight, and looked as if she hadn’t slept for days.

She scrambled to lift the window, “Jill! You came back, you actually came back! Oh, God, I’m sorry! I didn’t mean for you to leave! I got you in bad trouble, huh? I’m so, so sorry.  I — I thought I’d n-never see you again!” Tears were streaming down her face.

Jill reached in and tried her best to hug Linda, then kissed her. “I’m sorry too. I didn’t mean to say that about your mom.”

Linda pulled away, gazing mournfully at Jill, “No, you were right. I just wanted so bad to have a real mom like everyone else. I was scared of what you would think of me if you knew about her.”

“Listen, Linda… do you remember the other night, when you asked what we were doing?”

Linda nodded, “You said we were entering a new world.”

“One we make ourselves. Well, we’re about to do that for real. I’m going to get us out of here.”

The girl’s eyes widened. “What do you mean?”

“We’re going to leave here and live our own lives.”

Jill waited as the enormity of that sank in for Linda. “Leave?” Jill nodded. “When? How?”

“I don’t know yet. I’m still trying to work out the details.”

Emma pushed her way beside Linda, blurting out, “I want to go!”

Linda turned to her, “Don’t worry, Em, I’m not going to leave you behind.”

“Once I get everything set up, I’ll come get you both,” Jill said. “Pack anything you want to take, because we won’t be coming back.”

Linda wiped her eyes, “I love you, Jill.”

“I know. I love you too. Okay, I’ve gotta get home.” Giving the girl one last kiss, she began to run, turning back to wave at the girls before the darkness swallowed her.

***

By Wednesday, Jill had learned the routines at her school and kept her eyes open to everything around, searching for one of two things she needed to put her plan into effect. That afternoon, she saw a teacher go into a small office that wasn’t occupied. And right there on the old wooden desk was exactly what she was looking for: a telephone.

Pretending to leaf through a spiral notebook, she watched the woman rummage through the desk, then emerge with a box of paper clips. The teacher left the office, absently pulling the door closed, and Jill allowed herself to smile for the first time in days.

During lunch hour, Jill asked to be excused to the restroom, then quickly went down the hall, darted into the office and closed the door. She dialed, waiting anxiously as the line rang.

Finally, the phone picked up. “Hello?”

“Gramma? It’s me, Jill.”

“Jill! Are you all right?”

“No. Everything’s messed up. I…I can’t live here anymore. I need to leave.”

“Can you tell me what’s going on?”

“No. It’s too complicated and will take too long. Um, I fell in love with a girl.”

“Oh, my. You don’t have to say anything else… I can just imagine what your father had to say about that. Jill, if you feel that you need to leave, you’ll always have a home here. But how can you get all the way to Montana?”

“I don’t know, but I’ll figure it out. Thank you, Gramma. I have to go now.”

Jill hung up, slipped out of the office and hastened back to the cafeteria. Now that Step One was taken care of, she needed to access the internet in the library for Step Two. Her class went to the library every afternoon and, while there, Jill settled in front of a computer in the corner searching craigslist for a cheap car.

She only had a half-hour to look, but after about twenty minutes, she managed to find a vehicle in good condition. It was a fifteen-year-old station wagon, but all that mattered was that it worked and she was able to afford it. She quickly emailed the seller that she wanted to make the purchase, then logged off just as her class began lining up to leave.

As school was letting out, Jill went to the gym to ask the coach if she could volunteer to straighten up the equipment room after school the next day. “It’s really messy in there,” she said.

The coach was only too happy to accept the offer. When Jill’s mother arrived to pick her up, the coach explained that Jill would be lending her a hand the following afternoon. Jill’s mom agreed, and said that she’d pick her daughter up at five.

Jill’s plan was now in place. All she had to do was make it happen.

***

The next day in the library, Jill checked her email and saw that the man with the car for sale had replied with his phone number and address. Writing these down, she waited until school let out, then quickly slipped into the empty office and called the man to tell him that she was on her way over to buy it. She had one hour to make the purchase before her mother arrived at five.

Leaving the school, she went to the corner and caught a bus, which she took to the bank. She’d had an account for a couple of years since she first started working in the summer. Jill withdrew all her money, almost two thousand dollars.

Catching the bus again, Jill rode to a stop about two blocks from the man’s address. Getting off the bus, she ran down the street until she found the house she wanted. She knocked on the door, and a kind-looking elderly man answered.

“Hi, I’m Jill. Um, I emailed you about buying your car…?”

The old man squinted at her, “Ah, yes.” Emerging from indoors, he trudged around the side of the house, Jill close behind, and pointed at a station wagon that had certainly seen better days. “This is it. A far cry from a Lexus, but it’ll get you where you’re going.” He took out a key, climbed inside and started it up. The engine sounded good, at least. “The oil’s been changed, and it has a tankful of gas.”

Reaching into her pocket, Jill quickly produced the money, “Here you go. Fifteen hundred dollars.”

They shook hands, and Jill got in. “Take care of yourself,” the man told her, then looked up at the dark clouds on the horizon. “Looks like a storm’s coming.”

Jill looked at the gathering clouds, then quietly said, “I know.”

Once she was on the road, Jill drove to McCallum School, then left the car at the far end of the parking lot, where it wouldn’t be noticed.

By then it was getting dangerously late, so Jill used some of her cash to take a cab back to St Paul to meet her mom. She made it with two minutes to spare.

***

The next morning, she took a last long look at her father before she left the house. Though her feelings for him over the past week now verged on hatred, she still felt a certain sadness, knowing that she was never going to see him or her mother again.

The ride to the school was silent, as usual. Life at home had been cold and empty during the past week, in stark contrast to the joy and liveliness that Jill’s family used to share.

As Jill stepped out of the car, she gazed at her mom for a few seconds, saying a silent goodbye, then closed the door and trudged towards the school doors as her mom drove away. She continued to walk past the doors instead of going inside, then ducked around the corner of the building, out of sight of everyone. Taking a deep breath, Jill ran across the grassy field towards the road.

She caught the bus to McCallum, where she got into the waiting station wagon. With trembling hands, Jill slid the key into the ignition, fired up the engine and exited the parking lot, driving slowly so as not to attract attention.

Her first stop was at Wal-Mart, where she picked up food and a few other supplies that they were sure to need. Then she set off for Linda’s trailer. Parking where the car couldn’t be seen, she ran over to the girls’ window and tapped gently.

Emma’s excited face appeared, then the child eagerly pushed the window up. Before Jill could say anything, Emma pushed a worn duffel bag into her arms, then started climbing out. Jill caught her and helped her to the ground, then Linda began wriggling her way out. Jill helped her too… and once on the ground, wrapped both arms tightly around her little lover, holding Linda close.

“C’mon! Before Mom wakes up!” Emma hissed.

Taking the girls’ hands in hers, Jill hurried to where the car was parked. Linda got into the passenger seat as Emma pushed her bag into the back seat and climbed in next to it.

Jill checked the time, knowing that by then, the school would have noticed that she wasn’t there and would have phoned her parents.

She turned to Linda. “Are you ready to start our new life together?”

Linda nodded, wiping her eyes as Emma excitedly exclaimed, “Yeah!”

Her eyes still tearing, Linda told Jill, “I love you.”

“I love you, too.”

On to Chapter Three!

1

Greenfield Tales, Chapter 3

  • Posted on December 13, 2020 at 3:20 pm

By JB West

For helpful information about this story’s main characters, please consult The Girls and Women of Greenfield Tales

Part 1 – Coffee and Cream

Deena awakened the next morning to the smell of freshly brewed coffee and bacon. Instinctively, she reached over for Cassidy, only to find the left side of the bed empty. Deena quickly put two and two together and, with a sheepish grin, realized that Cassidy was already up. This was a novel situation to find herself in. Usually, Deena was the one who woke up first and got the coffee going, while her lover would continue to slumber until Deena roused her with a flurry of kisses. And if that didn’t work, a couple of well placed tickles on the soles of her feet always did the trick.

She hopped out of bed and proceeded to do a quick twenty push-ups, followed by an equal number of sit-ups. In the midst of her exercise, she noticed all of their clothing from the night before, still carelessly strewn about on the floor. Rising to her feet, Deena picked up the discarded garments and threw them into the hamper in the closet, pausing to hold the bikini bottoms that Cassidy had worn up to her nose. She breathed in her lover’s sweet fragrance, smiling at the memory of removing the tiny piece of material… and what had happened afterward. Finally tossing them into the hamper with the rest, Deena threw on a pair of her gym shorts and one of her old police academy t-shirts, then padded out to the kitchen.

“Morning, babe,” Deena said as she saw Cassidy sitting at the table, one knee tucked up under her chin and phone in hand, perusing one of the many social media sites she enjoyed.

Cassidy looked up from her phone and smiled. “Hey.” She waved her lover over. “C’mere.”

Deena walked over, bent down and the women exchanged a brief but loving kiss. Glancing up at the stove top, Deena realized that the bacon was about to burn so she quickly turned off the burner. Serving  up equal portions on two plates, she set them on the table. She noticed that Cassidy had cut up pieces of fruit, placed them in a bowl and drizzled a small amount of a light whipped cream on top, something she loved.

Placing the bowl on the table, Deena poured herself a cup of coffee and sat down. “You’re up early,” she said.

“I’ve been up for a few hours already,” Cassidy replied, smiling. “All I did yesterday was sit by the pool or nap. I guess I didn’t need that much sleep.” She speared a piece of fruit from the bowl and popped it into her mouth. “Mmmmmm, this cream tastes good.” She winked at Deena. “Well, not as good as yours, but it’ll do.”

Deena chuckled and leaned in for another kiss. This one lasted longer and Deena could taste the whipped cream on Cassidy’s lips.

The women exchanged smiles, then fell silent for a couple of minutes while they ate breakfast, occasionally stealing a glance or a light peck on the lips. No words were needed. Deena loved these moments when she was able to quiet her thoughts and really feel the world around her. Knowing that she was with the woman she loved and that Cassidy loved her back in equal measure was a gift, one she would never take for granted.

Cassidy finally broke the silence. “What’s on your agenda for the day?” Knowing that Deena usually liked to spend her time off doing odd jobs around the house or in the yard.

“I was thinking of finally taking care of that loose hinge on the guest bedroom door and I want to run down to the hardware store and get some sealant for that crack in the driveway,” Deena said. “But I don’t want to stray too far from home, in case Mrs. Hayes calls.”

Cassidy cocked an eyebrow at that. “Oooooh, Mrs. Hayes. Do tell.”

Deena realized that she’d never gotten around to telling Cassidy about everything that had happened the day before. She quickly ran through the story about the accident, meeting little Katie and then her mother, Kim. The interminable wait at the hospital, having to be so close to Katie, all the while grappling with her own helpless desire for the child. Then there was Rachel and her darling daughter Emily. She described how the two little nymphs had both hugged her.

“I swear to God, I almost lost it. It took all I had to keep from kissing them right then and there in front of their mothers.”

An awed Cassidy slowly shook her head. “No wonder you were so worked up last night.” She leaned in to give Deena a long passionate kiss. “So, which girl were you imagining being with while you were riding my face?”

Deena turned bright red, then buried her face in her hands. “Katie,” She squeaked.

“And if you had the chance, would you treat her the same way you treated me last night?”

Deena raised her head and looked at Cassidy, an almost injured look on her face. “W-what? No, of course not. She’s just a little girl.”

Cassidy reached over and took Deena’s hand in hers. “Okay, good,” she said as she gave it a reassuring squeeze. “You were just so… wild last night. I don’t see that part of you very often.”

“Sorry if I was too rough,” Deena conceded. “I guess I was just a bit worked up… and needed to release all that pent-up energy.”

“You don’t need to apologize, babe,” Cassidy said, leaning in to place a light kiss on Deena’s cheek. “I was just a little worried. But I’m a big girl. I can handle it.”

It was then Deena’s turn to give Cassidy a kiss. She wanted to thank her for being so understanding, so wonderful, but couldn’t find the words to express herself in the moment. It didn’t matter, though, Cassidy could tell exactly what Deena was feeling, and the kiss was all the thanks she needed.

“So,” Cassidy continued, “If you were to ever get the chance, what would you like to do with this girl Katie?”

Deena flushed again as the memory of little Katie’s face popped into her head. “I want to hold her. Kiss her. I think if I could do that… I could die happy.” She gave a sheepish grin. “Not that I’d turn down the chance to do more with her… in fact, I’d be up for just about anything.”

“Sounds to me like you’re rather smitten with the girl,” Cassidy laughed.

Deena looked up at her lover. “You need to see her for yourself, babe. Then you’ll understand.”

Cassidy stood up and offered her hand. “Come on. Let’s go take a shower. Maybe I can make you forget all about her.”

They made love in the shower, and for a brief moment, Deena did put all thoughts of Katie aside. Afterwards, they dressed and cleaned up. Deena fixed that squeaky hinge, then went around the house checking all the other doors and windows.

Later, Deena drove down to the hardware store to get the sealant. On the way, thoughts of Katie and the things that she would like to do with the little angel were very much on her mind. Dirty thoughts, the kind that would horrify most people, but these fantasies of sex with a little girl fired Deena’s imagination like nothing else.

By the time Deena got home, her head was spinning with arousal. She couldn’t last much longer without another release of sexual energy.

Then she heard it. The sound of a phone ringing that wasn’t hers or Cassidy’s. Deena knew that the call must be from Kim. Her heart began to throb.

 

Part 2 – Just One Glass

The night before, Rachel and the girls had arrived back at the Connors’ home just a little before eleven o’clock. It had taken a while for Kim’s test results to come back and the doctor had spoken with Rachel extensively about what they meant. As Kim was in no immediate danger, the doctor saw no reason why she couldn’t go home the following day.

On the drive home from the hospital, Katie and Emily asked if they could have a slumber party. It had been a long time since the girls had seen each other, not since spring break back in March, and they wanted to sleep in the same bed. Rachel told the girls no, explaining that they’d all had an eventful day and needed a good night’s rest.

The girls protested, but Rachel made a deal with them. If they went to bed that night without any debate, and if Katie’s mom gave her permission, they could have their slumber party on the following night. Katie seemed ready to argue the point, but she interrupted herself with a gigantic yawn and began to nod off right then and there.

By the time they pulled into the driveway, Katie was fast asleep. Rachel had to carry her niece inside and up to her bed. As for Emily, she was barely able to make it up the stairs to the guest bedroom and get her clothes off before dozing off.

Once the girls were tucked in, Rachel went downstairs, curled up on the sofa and turned on the TV. The nightly news was already over and the late night talk shows were in full swing. She called her husband, letting him know what happened and informing him that she and Emily would be staying over for a few extra days. The doctor had told her that Kim needed to be monitored for a few days to make sure that there were no serious after effects from the head injury.

Michael was none too happy about his wife and daughter being gone so long, but understood the need for caution. Rachel told him she loved him and promised him that she’d make the wait worth his while upon her return. He liked that.

After hanging up, Rachel decided she could use a drink. She made her way to the kitchen, hoping to find an open bottle of wine. That’s when she saw the bloody scene that had been left behind from her sister’s accident. Rachel knew that she needed to deal with this mess before the girls saw it.

It took a while to get all the dried blood cleaned up but it wasn’t as bad as she expected, and much of the debris was already in the trash can. After getting the floor clean, Rachel took the trash out to the large receptacle in the garage, and then she was finally able to pour herself a glass of wine. Ever since the phone call from Officer Dean, she’d been a nervous wreck, so a drink was just what she needed.

After a few sips of what turned out to be an excellent wine, Rachel finally started to relax. She closed her eyes and listened to some situation comedy playing on the TV without paying much attention to it, and soon her mind began to wander.

She thought back on her day, but instead of focusing on her sister’s accident, Rachel’s thoughts kept returning to Officer Dean for some reason. She’d been told the woman’s first name at some point, but couldn’t recall it. She did, however, remember the younger woman’s face, especially her eyes. Those deep brown eyes. In a way they reminded Rachel of her own daughter’s, but without the same innocence that Emily’s eyes possessed. There was something behind them. Some kind of mystery to be solved. Yes, Officer Dean was a puzzle.

Rachel suddenly realized that she had unbuttoned her jeans, slipped a hand inside, and was lightly teasing her clitoris with two fingers. Her first instinct was to stop, but then she told herself, It’s been a long, stressful day. I deserve this.

Switching the TV off, Rachel wiggled out of her jeans. She left her shirt on, but skillfully unclasped her bra and tugged it off through her sleeve. She took a big gulp of wine and closed her eyes. Rachel felt a little weird about masturbating on the couch in her sister’s living room, but fuck it, she’d had enough wine to feel tipsy, and for some reason, she was horny as hell. The girls were sound asleep and there was no one else around to interrupt her.

Easing a hand into her panties, Rachel began to gently rub her aching clit. Another sip of wine, and she became increasingly rough with herself, pinching the sensitive bit of flesh between a finger and thumb, even tugging at it.

These sensations were driving Rachel wild, but she felt the need to be penetrated. Bringing her left hand into play, she stuffed two fingers into her vagina and began to fuck herself as hard and deep as she could. Her thick, warm juices were now flowing freely, and she used these to moisten the fingers of her right hand, then started rubbing her inflamed clitoris at a frenzied pace. Her hand was a blur between her trembling thighs.

All of a sudden Officer Dean’s face materialized in her mind’s eye — and that was when Rachel exploded in an orgasm that seemed like it might never end. She worked her cunt in a helpless frenzy, all the while picturing Officer Dean’s eyes. Those beautiful, soulful eyes.

Now, lying limp and panting for breath, Rachel withdrew two very wet fingers from her pussy, bringing them up to her mouth. She’d always loved the taste of herself, but for some reason her juices tasted extra sweet tonight.

Rachel pictured Officer Dean’s face again, this time wondering what her pussy tasted like. She laughed out loud at the thought. Rachel had come of age at a time when it was becoming more socially acceptable to be a lesbian, and while she never even thought of herself as bisexual, she had experimented with other girls when she was younger. She’d never had sex with another woman, but knew plenty of girls that did and had been propositioned a number of times. The furthest Rachel had ever gone was a bit of light making out with a few girls, and once she had accepted a dare to suck on a friend’s nipple for thirty seconds. Then, during her junior year of college, she met Michael and the rest was history. They were married two years later, and two years after that she was a mother.

It had been well over a decade since Rachel had even thought of another woman in a sexual way. So why was she thinking about this woman she’d only met briefly, and why were those thoughts turning her on so much? After mulling it over, she chalked it all up to the stress of the day and the jumble of emotions she’d been through.

Rachel cleaned up after herself, then went upstairs to the guest room, stripped off the rest of her clothes and slipped under the covers. One of her hands rested on top of her vulva, once again tracing tiny circles over her clit while images of the beautiful police officer played in her head. She didn’t masturbate again, but drifted off while touching herself.

The next morning she woke up, her hand in the same position, the bedding underneath her absolutely soaked.

 

Part 3 – New Friends

Cassidy heard the phone ringing. Just like Deena, she had been anticipating the call, but not for the same reason. She found the whole situation intriguing, and was very curious as to how everything would play out. Setting down the brush she was holding, Cassidy covered the canvas that she was working on with a thin cloth. She quickly washed her hands, then headed upstairs from the basement studio.

Deena was in the kitchen, talking on the other woman’s phone. “No, that sounds just fine.” She saw Cassidy emerge from the basement door and motioned her over.

As Cassidy drew closer to Deena she could hear the voice of the woman on the other end of the line, but couldn’t make out what she was saying.

“Are you sure you don’t need us to…?” Deena was cut off by a burst of animated talking. “Fine, that’s fine. Well, then, we’ll be over in a little while. See you then.”

Ending the call, Deena glanced up at Cassidy, a quizzical look on her face.

“What’s going on?” Cassidy asked.

“That was Rachel. She and Kim just invited me over for dinner to… to thank me properly for yesterday.” Deena’s cheeks were slightly flushed, and Cassidy thought it made her look very cute. “I asked if it would be okay to bring my fiancée, and she said ‘The more, the merrier.’ So… I guess that means we need to get cleaned up.”

Cassidy’s eyes widened at the realization that she was going to get to meet the young girls who had driven her lover wild — along with their mothers, who Deena had described as being quite attractive themselves. “And here I thought it was going to be another boring night at home,” Cassidy said with a smile.

The women showered and got dressed. Deena slipped into a pair of black yoga pants that showed off her rear nicely and a red high-collared sleeveless top, which she accented with a gray silk scarf. Cassidy chose a low-cut yellow top and a black miniskirt. A pair of black, low-heeled boots completed the girlish ensemble. They both wore little makeup, but Cassidy applied a hint of a floral-scented perfume that Deena liked. Appraising and approving one another, the two lovers were soon on their way.

Before arriving at the Connors’ home, they stopped by the supermarket to pick up a small bouquet of flowers and a bottle of wine. The wine was a Spanish white that Cassidy often used to make wine spritzers, the perfect drink for a beautiful summer afternoon.

***

Kim Connors happened to look out the front window of her house just as Deena and Cassidy were pulling up to the curb,  and murmured, “Oh, dear.” She hadn’t expected her guests to arrive quite so soon. Kim was still doing a quick straightening of the living room, where the girls had been playing earlier, and hadn’t had the chance to clean up properly or even change yet.

“Rachel? They’re here,” she called out.

“What? Already?” Rachel said, hastening into the room from the kitchen, joining her sister to peer out the window. “Well, I did tell them to come over whenever they were able.”

Kim and Rachel watched as the passenger door of the vehicle opened, and Deena climbed out. But they were more interested in catching a glimpse of Deena’s fiancée, the one that they had only just found out about earlier that day.

When Cassidy emerged from the other side, you could have heard a pin drop. The two sisters turned to gape at one another in disbelief.

“D-D-Did you know…?” Kim stammered.

“I had no idea,” Rachel replied.

They turned their attention back to the woman walking up the front walk. “Wow, she’s really cute… like a Barbie doll.” Kim gasped. As their guests reached the porch, Kim hurried over to the door and opened it, just as Deena was about to ring the bell.

“Hello, hello. Come in, come in,” Kim said, opening the door wide. Deena stepped in, Cassidy close behind.

“These are for you,” Deena said to Kim, handing her the bouquet of flowers. “Oh, and this, of course,” she added, taking the woman’s cell phone from her purse. “I’m glad you’re doing better.”

Kim smiled. “Oh, I am… very much,” she said. “Thanks for asking.”

Moving in to join the others, Rachel hugged Deena. It was a completely spontaneous action, and she felt a tiny flutter in her belly as she did it. “It’s good to see you again, Deena,” she said.

“You too,” Deena said. She turned and motioned to Cassidy. “Ms. Connors, Ms. Hayes, this is Cassidy Page, my fiancée.”

“Hi.” Cassidy said, accompanied by a friendly wave. She handed the bottle of wine to Rachel, but her eyes were on Kim. “Thank you for having us. You have a lovely home.”

“Oh, thanks,” Kim replied, blushing a bit.

Rachel inspected the bottle, then looked at Cassidy and said, “Spanish wine. An excellent choice. I think I’m going to like you.”

Cassidy felt her cheeks flush. Deena had told her that these women were pretty, but she felt unprepared for just how attractive Kim and Rachel were… especially Kim.

The sisters appeared to be dressed in casual around-the-house clothes. Kim was wearing a pair of black shorts with a light pink button-down shirt with the sleeves rolled up. A light gauzy bandage was wrapped around her head, protecting the wound she’d sustained the day before. Her hair was covering most of the bandage, so it looked more like a bright white headband. Her feet were bare, her toenails painted bright red.

Rachel was wearing a pair of denim cutoffs, not nearly as short or revealing as the ones Cassidy had been wearing the day before but they accentuated her womanly form quite nicely. She had a loose-fitting, white tank top on over what appeared to be a red, orange and yellow striped bikini top. Cassidy couldn’t help but feel a strong sexual attraction to them both.

“Oh, and please, call me Kim,” Kim said.

“And I’m Rachel,” her sister said. “We’re all friends here.”

Just then, the moment was interrupted by the sound of a door banging shut, followed by two little girls bursting into the room. They raced straight over to Deena and all but threw themselves at the woman while shouting her name.

Watching this scene play out, Cassidy finally understood why just thinking about these youngsters had Deena so incredibly flustered. The smaller of the two was wearing a light purple, one-piece bathing suit with dark purple piping. The other girl wore a light green two-piece suit with dark green ruffles. Both of them were visibly wet, but not enough to drip on the carpet.

The girls were hugging Deena’s thighs much like they had the day before, causing some of the dampness from their suits to be absorbed by the thin material of her tight yoga pants.

Kim and Rachel hastened to free Deena from their children’s embrace. “Calm down, girls,” Rachel cautioned. “You’re going to get Deena all wet.”

Cassidy had to fight a sudden urge to giggle. Oh, she’s wet all right… just not in the way you think.

The girls then noticed Cassidy for the first time, their eyes widening at the sight of her..

“Hi, I’m Katie. Who are you?” asked the child in the purple one-piece, looking Cassidy up and down.

Cassidy knelt and looked the little girl in the eye, suddenly taken aback at what she saw.

This was the girl whose face she’d seen in her vision. The face she’d been trying to capture on her canvas. Who was this girl? She knew there was some deeper connection waiting to be discovered. She could also tell why Deena was so smitten — the child was absolutely gorgeous.

“I’m Cassidy.” she said, “Deena’s friend.”

“Are you and her getting married?” Katie asked.

“Yes,” Cassidy replied.

Katie scrunched up her nose a bit, thought it over for a second, then said, “I didn’t know a girl could marry a girl.”

Cassidy glanced up at Kim and Rachel. It was plain to see that the ladies had been expecting Deena to show up with a man. She wasn’t exactly sure how to handle this, but figured that an honest response was best. If the girls’ mothers had a problem with it, well tough — she wasn’t going to lie to a child, or deny her sexual identity.

“Sure they can, sweetie. A girl can marry anyone she loves.”

Katie thought about that for a few seconds, then said, “Cool. I’m gonna marry a girl when I grow up. Boys are icky.”

All the women began to laugh. Cassidy looked up again, pleased to see that Kim and Rachel were both smiling. It was obvious that these two ladies were open minded and accepting of others. How open minded remained to be seen, however.

Cassidy looked back at Katie and said, “I think so, too,” giving the girl a wink.

From there, the women and the girls proceeded to the back yard. Deena, Cassidy and the girls sat down in various lounge chairs that were grouped together near one end of the large swimming pool, while Rachel and Kim took drink orders and went back inside to fetch them.

Cassidy could tell just from looking that this pool was larger than theirs. She also spied a hot tub in a screened-off area to the side of the patio. She was fairly certain that, based on the angles of the architecture and the tree lines around the edges of the yard, that nobody off the property could see into the hot tub area. Perfect for skinny dipping.

The hostesses soon returned with their beverages — juice for the girls, an iced tea for Kim, and white wine spritzers for Rachel and their guests.

For the next couple of hours, the ladies conversed on a wide range of topics. The girls were constantly in and out of the pool, occasionally racing around the patio in their wet swimsuits. Deena and Cassidy both enjoyed watching them, but the flow of the conversation kept them from paying too much attention to the little water nymphs.

Eventually the girls started to complain about being hungry, so the group moved back indoors, where everybody pitched in to make dinner. Kim and Rachel told their guests that they didn’t have to help out, but Deena and Cassidy insisted. It ended up being a lot of fun, working as a team to create a meal they would all enjoy together.

They ate outside on the patio, basking in the early evening sun. Around six o’clock Deena pointed out that it had been twenty-four hours since Kim’s accident. Everybody remarked on what a crazy day it had been, but agreed that it hadn’t been a complete calamity, because of the new friends they had made. A toast was made to friendship, then one to Kim’s health and another to Deena’s heroism, followed by a final toast for the two little girls, so that they wouldn’t feel left out.

After dinner, the girls insisted that they play a game. The only one they all could agree on was Charades. They played for about an hour and, in the process, discovered what a good actress Emily was. She was able to act out every clue she was given so well, that the team of herself, Cassidy and Kim won every round except for the last, when Emily intentionally flubbed a few of the clues because she wanted to make sure Katie’s team won at least once.

When the game was over, it was just after seven o’clock. Rachel and Kim informed their daughters that it was time to start getting ready for bed.

“Aww, do we have to? Emily pouted.

“You said we could have a slumber party and stay up late.” Katie pointed out.

“You don’t have to go to bed yet, but go put your nighties on and brush your teeth. You can watch any movie you want. But when it’s over, it’s bedtime for you both, okay?”

The girls cheered and ran inside. The four women started to clean up the remains of their meal, but this time Kim and Rachel insisted that their guests relax and let them handle it.

As soon as Cassidy and Deena were alone, Cassidy perched on the arm of her lover’s chair and they exchanged a long, passionate kiss.

“Holy shit!” Cassidy exclaimed, once they finally drifted apart. “You were not exaggerating. Those girls are exquisite. So cute. So delicious.”

“Right?” Deena said, grinning foolishly. Tilting her head back, she gave Cassidy another long kiss. Again, it was very heated, and Deena could feel herself getting turned on.  Suddenly Cassidy broke away and looked down into Deena’s eyes, a serious look on her face.

“There’s something I need to tell you,” Cassidy said. “This morning, I woke up because of the buzzing.”

Deena’s expression immediately turned serious as well. Cassidy hadn’t mentioned the “buzz” in a very long time. So long, in fact, that Deena had nearly forgotten it existed. She took Cassidy’s hands in hers.

“Tell me.”

“I had to calm it,” Cassidy began, “I was standing at the mirror, counting down to zero like I always do… but then, at the end of it, I had a vision. A child’s face.” She paused. “Katie’s face.”

“You did?” Deena exclaimed. “Are you — you’re sure it was her?”

Cassidy nodded. “The instant our eyes met.”

“But… why? What’s that about?”

“I don’t know what it means, baby.” Cassidy said.

“Maybe it’s because she was on my mind last night.” Deena said. “Even after we finished making love and were lying there holding each other, I was still, um, having thoughts about her. Maybe you somehow picked up on that.”

“Maybe.” Cassidy said with a shrug. “It feels way too specific to be a coincidence. I think that whatever is happening here… it’s happening for a reason. I just don’t know what it is.”

The two women stared at each other for a long moment before they were suddenly interrupted by a young girl’s voice. “Deena. Cassidy. It’s movie time.”

Deena squeezed Cassidy’s hands in hers and kissed her again. “Whatever it is, babe… we’ll figure it out together.”

On to Chapter Four!

Learning Phase, Chapter 1

  • Posted on December 6, 2020 at 3:43 pm

By Nuit du Loup

Note from JetBoy: Old acquaintances of the vintage Lesbian Lolita site will surely recall the exquisite stories of Nuit Du Loop. Through the years, we’ve had requests for more of his work to be posted here — but I always resisted, thinking of the lion’s share of his writing more as high-quality fantasy fiction than pure erotica, despite the lesbian content.

What changed my mind was the two Tequila Kid sagas that I had the good fortune to edit for Purple Les. These were high-quality Old West tales with lesbian content… and all of a sudden, Nuit’s stories seemed like a natural fit for Juicy Secrets.  So relax, settle in and enjoy, taking into account that it takes a while to get to the actual sex. The wait is worth it, I promise.

***

The warm summer sun was beautiful that day. The cloudless sky was a clear, azure strip seen through a break in the trees caused by the dry, dusty road that cut a narrow swath through the dense forest. As Isana cruised with reckless speed down that road in the red behemoth of her pickup truck, she considered how perfect the day seemed. Her lively, ice-blue eyes took in the world around her with open enjoyment because she loved the wildness of it.

She hit a particularly large pothole in the road, she bounced up in the seat and caught a bit of her reflection in the rearview mirror. Long, snow-white hair cascaded down from a small head and framed her almost childlike face. The sight made Isana smile wryly in amusement. Her face wasn’t the only thing childlike about her appearance.

She was twenty-five years old, as of her birthday two months past. Yet when people looked at her, their first impression often put her at least a decade less than that. This was mostly because she was incredibly short at about four and a half feet tall and her face was blessed with what her close friends called “dainty” features. Her nose was tiny, her lips were small and thin and her eyes, which turned up slightly on the outsides, usually held delighted amusement. Her body was lithe and skinny with small, handful-sized breasts and what she considered a pleasantly rounded backside.

She looked the way she did because she wasn’t human, or at least not entirely so. She wasn’t sure, because her mother hadn’t stuck around after she’d been born and the woman who had adopted her hadn’t known either. From what she knew, her mother was a bakeneko, a kind of feline shapeshifter, and her father’s identity was entirely unknown. From this uncertain parentage, Isana had been blessed with the white hair, the small, fully functional, and triangular cat ears that poked up from the top of her head, a long, fluffy white tail and a few other things. Isana didn’t really mind how she looked, but it sometimes made introductions with strangers more difficult.

Thankfully, most people were used to seeing the odd and the strange these days. A century ago, when magic had first exploded into the world during the event now called the Great Fall, new creatures and part humans like herself had begun appearing even as billions of people worldwide were dying from the collapse of technology and strange magical cataclysms. But humanity was resilient, and now if someone saw something strange, he just went about his business unless it represented a threat. There really were threats and dangers in this new world; many of them in fact, but the current population of the planet, all 1.1 billion, was determined to make it safe again.

A dark shape inside the dense trees ahead and to the right caught Isana’s attention. Seconds later the truck rumbled past the object, and Isana’s smile grew bigger. The shadow was the ruined remains of a large structure from before the Fall. There were a great many like it littered around, but this particular one meant that she was only a mile from the town of Willis. It was a small place with less than ten thousand people, but it, and the surrounding area, was her home territory.

A short time later, Isana slowed her magically powered mechanical beast as she approached a small white shack on the right side of the road. Tied to the shack at a sturdy post were three massive horses. When she came to a stop in front of the barricade sticking out from the shack, the nearest horse in the line eyed her aggressively and stomped a hoof hard enough into the dusty ground to get its threat across. Isana never got on well with horses. They didn’t like the way she smelled.

“Good morn’ ma’am.”

A tall, unfamiliar blonde man in the crisp blue trousers, white shirt and crossed red bandoliers of the Town Patrol uniform exited the shack from the only door and rounded the vehicle. His weapon belt held both a large caliber handgun and a curved saber. All town patrolmen knew how to fight with blades, bullets and their own two hands. They kept the general peace, enforced the law and kept the nasty supernatural things from trying to take bites out of the town. This man looked confident and competent in his own strength. Exactly the type of guy they posted on the roads into town.

“Morning, officer,” Isana replied cheerfully. “Are you new to the Town Patrol?”

“Yes, I am,” the man smiled back, obviously proud of his accomplishment. “I finished my training last week. Can I ask your business in town and your name?”

“Isana Tyler,” she answered. “I’m here to deal with that little chicken problem you’re having.”

The officer looked at her dubiously.

“She’s not lying, Mark,” the second gruff, male voice came from another much larger and more muscular man coming out of the shack. He smiled and nodded at her in greeting. Isana nodded back, for she knew Sergeant Meyers well. “She may look like a fragile little thing, but Isana there can turn you or the entire town inside out with a flick of her finger if she cared to. Haven’t you heard of or seen our resident witch before?”

“Uh…no. I’m sorry, ma’am,” the younger man said in quick apology. “Headquarters mentioned you, but they didn’t give me a description.”

“That’s because Captain Keller likes his little jokes,” Meyers sighed. “Thanks for coming, Isana. Even those two pretty boys from the Magical Defense Unit haven’t been able to solve our little problem.”

Isana grinned; Meyers sure knew how to flatter a girl. Too bad for him she only liked women. “You should give them more credit, Meyers. They have learned some magic, and they were a lot of help when that creek flooded last year and washed out that bridge. Where do I need to go?”

“It’s down in the old industrial area. The rest of the boys have it holed up inside that big bottling plant,” Meyers sighed. “It’s a good thing they built that place with corrugated steel, or we’d have even bigger problems with fires. Just let me raise the barricade for you.”

Meyers walked toward the mount for the wooden spar, then levered it upwards and out of the way. At the same time, a hundred feet of roadway and grass ahead of her down the road rippled as massive wards and defensive spells were temporarily put to sleep. Those were the true barricades barring the road. If someone blew through or hopped the physical barrier, then the magic on the other side would tear them apart — or something equally final and unpleasant. Though neither patrolman knew it, Isana had been the one to lay those spells and she could have disabled them easily. Instead, Isana drove on down the road to the town.

The town of Willis was a bizarre hodgepodge of surviving pre-fall buildings with newer structures interspersed around them along brick-paved roads. It had never been very large, but it had the things necessary for a population center to survive and thrive. There was plenty of food, fresh water and a strong sense of community.  While most of the major cities were great, moldering mausoleums to their long dead residents, Willis had actually improved in the last hundred years. Isana loved the town and knew a large number of people here personally. Occasionally she regretted that her own home was fifteen miles to the west and deep inside the forested lands which Mother Nature was rapidly reclaiming as her own. But she loved her house too much to give it up, and she also liked the peace and quiet.

The industrial area she arrived at was a small clump of old factories and warehouses on the north edge of the town. It was largely abandoned, and the town had been planning for ages to tear it all down and reclaim any useful metals and glass. The smelter to melt down the metals was already being built. For now, it was an unsightly, rusting mess that attracted the occasional creature looking for a new den. The building Isana headed to had once been the bottling facility for a long-dead beverage company. Now it was an ugly hulk surrounded on all sides by a couple of dozen men and women wearing the Patrol uniform.

They watched her approach, and she saw relief on many of their faces. There was also a little resentment from a few of the younger ones, probably those who felt that they could handle this on their own. She ignored them all and drove around the perimeter until she saw an older, rough-hewn man wearing a wide-brimmed brown hat with the rest of the uniform. He and six other men stood in the weather broken expanse of the former parking lot. Their horses were tied up a good distance away in a small grassy clearing. It was cheaper, even for cops, to use horses instead of cars. When she brought the truck to a crunching halt and stepped out into the sunlight she understood why the horses were so far away. The air reeked of sulfur.

“Phew, that is one hell of a stink!” she complained cheerily, wrinkling her cute, sensitive nose. “Good to see ya again, Captain Keller!”

“Isana!” the older man sighed. “I know I’ve told you this a dozen times, but you’ve done more than enough around here to call me by my first name.”

Isana waved her hand dismissively as she approached. Once she called someone by something enough times, it took a near act of god to make her change. “Are you sure of what you’ve got in there?”

“Definitely,” Keller responded firmly once they stood facing each other. He, of course, had to look down to meet her gaze. “Dan Crosswell smuggled the damn thing in from the Detroit wasteland, where he says he bought it from a weird dealer. He confirmed that it’s a basan. Claims it was nice and docile when he bought it here, and he has no idea why it decided to go nuts today.”

Isana snorted. “Did he say what he planned to do with a giant chicken that spits fire and has major territorial issues?”

“No, he didn’t,” Keller responded dryly. “Is it going to be a problem?”

“No way!” Isana laughed, propping her fists against her denim-clad hips. The pose made her loose tank top rise up a little to expose her toned belly. “Give me twenty minutes, max, and I’ll have it all wrapped up for you.”

“What if it makes a fuss?” asked a youngish brunette woman in her early thirties. Alisha Waters was Keller’s second in command.

“Then I’ll cook it and turn it into dinner for the lot of us,” Isana said confidently. “Do I need to know anything else before I head inside?”

Keller thought about it for a moment, and then he blinked and nodded. “Yes, but it’s unrelated to the current problem. There are two women from the Arbor City Council that have been asking how to contact you. They’re staying at the Heaven’s Rest hotel. I promised I’d pass on the word from them.”

Isana frowned and mulled it over. Arbor was the nearest city to Willis, and she couldn’t think of a reason why they would need her for anything. She knew that they had some social unrest issues, but they also had a strong police force, a battalion of MDU troops and at least five witches and mages comparable to herself. Still coming up blank, she shrugged and decided to go and see the two women when she was done here.

“Thanks for letting me know,” she said to the captain. “See you in a bit!”

She turned towards the building and saw that the front windows of the office section were long broken, and the only door on this side of the building hung open on corroded hinges. Isana made her way over and without pausing, entered inside. She studied a time-worn fire escape plan near the doorway on the wall, then ducked into the long hallway that would take her to the main production room.

Her eyes quickly adjusted to the gloomy light and she became aware of a rough scratching sound coming from ahead. After a short distance over moldy, rotted carpeting she came to another doorway and shoved it open. The metal door swung hard with a screech and slammed against the wall with a nearly deafening bang. Across a wide expanse of open concrete and a jumbled assortment of collapsed machinery, a feathery creature squawked in indignant surprise and pushed itself up onto the massive talons that were its feet.

It looked exactly like any other chicken you might see. This one just so happened to stand three feet tall at the head and probably weighed as much as she did or more. It was called a basan, a type of yokai from Japanese mythology. Its feathers were made from an asbestos-like material, and even from where she stood Isana could see that the talons were scoring long grooves into the concrete floor. It also spat flame and often consumed the burned flesh of its victims.

The large fowl twitched its head back and forth, looking at her through black, angry eyes. When Isana started to walk towards it, it began to rustle its wings in a physical display of warning. Isana continued forward unabated. At about fifty feet or so away the bird jerked its head, squawked again, and then spat liquid fire in her direction.

Like all fire, it expanded as it moved outward, and the white-hot gout became a fan of deadly heat. Not the least bit surprised at this action, Isana casually flicked out a finger on her right hand, and the oncoming flame broke like water on an invisible bow ten feet ahead of her. An inferno raged all around her but she continued walking calmly forward. When the first salvo ran down, the basan seemed indignant that the interloper in its midst hadn’t become a crispy critter for it to eat. Isana smiled at it and she knew a predatory light was in them. The feline in her saw weak prey.

“Try that again,” she taunted playfully, laughing. “You’re not even making me work here.”

Another blast of fire raced out at her and again Isana shunted it aside with little effort. The factory around her, however, was another story. The machinery was drooping and sagging like soft wax and there were places where the metal glowed with heat. The concrete floor had shrugged the heat off except that any moisture had been vaporized away. Isana found the air was fast becoming dangerous to breathe from the fumes and the stench was almost overwhelming.

“My turn!” she laughed at the bird and took a deep breath.  Placing the first two finger over her mouth in a ‘v’ she blew out hard and this time a cone of fire exploded out away from her and towards the shocked basan. The giant bird dropped to the ground where it stood, over a tangled mess of old electrical cables and ducked its head under a wing just in time as the fire crashed over it.

While it was still hiding Isana reached up, plucked a single white hair from her head and worked a larger bit of magic. The strand of hair glowed golden and when she let go, it shot like a needle across the gap and right at the bird. Faster than a striking snake, the hair wrapped itself around the beak of the creature and tied it as tight as steel cables would have. Then the hair split, grew longer and shot out again to entangle and snare the legs and wings. When it was done, Isana had herself a giant trussed-up chicken.

“Just like I said,” Isana smiled. “Ten minutes.”

***

When Isana finally made it to the Heaven’s Rest Hotel, she was in a very good mood. It had taken nearly another thirty minutes to get the squirming basan loaded into the bed of a trailer. Even though she’d only been called in to deal with the capturing part, she’d stuck around to lend a hand with the rest of the grunt work because she never liked dumping things onto other people. Now she had the nice glow of accomplishment to keep her mood soaring.

The Heaven’s Rest Hotel was in what passed for a downtown district in the small town. It was nestled between the town hall building with its old Greek style columns and the public library. As far as Isana knew, it had always been a hotel, even before the Fall, and was a couple of centuries old. The current proprietor, Claire Renow, was a young woman not much older than Isana herself and she was well known in town for her odd sense of humor. She had inherited the building from her father, who had seen the niche for a hotel when all the franchise companies crashed with the rest of the world and vanished. Now it was the place to stay when you visited Willis. It was also a place Isana was intimately familiar with, because the bar and grill that occupied the ground floor of the six story structure was one of her favorite haunts. That, and she knew the owner quite well.

“Isana!”

Isana instinctively stopped at the familiar cry of her name on her way through a beautiful front entrance made of polished copper and glass. A second later a weight hit her and her arms encircled around the skinny body of Emi, Claire’s ten-year-old daughter, bringing her in for a fierce hug as a deep purring thrummed inside her chest. She’d known the child literally since birth, since she and the mother were close friends of old. Back then she’d still been an apprentice witch, but she still loved Emi dearly.

“One of these days I’m going to miss, you know,” she said laughingly in the girl’s ear. She then rubbed their cheeks together affectionately. “Then we’ll both go splat onto the floor.”

“You haven’t yet,” Emi giggled, pulling back. Today she was dressed in a navy dress with a small white smock over it. “Are you here to see Momma?”

“I’d never stop in and not talk to her,” Isana answered as she stood back. “But I was told that there were people staying here that want to talk to me.”

“The Arbor ladies?” Emi asked curiously. “They are the only ones staying with us right now.”

“Yep, I—”

“Emi, where did you get off to?!” Isana cut off as Claire came bustling into the foyer of the hotel from a side hall. It was a very plush room with comfortable chairs, warm lighting, and a big front desk where the desk clerk, Bill, sat in his dress black slacks and pressed white shirt. Claire’s eyes locked onto the two of them. “Oh, Isana! I see you’re the one making her slack off again.”

“Yeah, so don’t go blaming Emi,” Isana responded with a grin. Claire was a vibrant, energetic woman in her early thirties. She stood almost two feet taller than Isana and had long, naturally curly chestnut hair, just like her daughter. As always, she was dressed conservatively in a long skirt and a white sleeveless shirt. She was a somewhat well endowed woman and her chest cushioned their friendly hug when they came together.

Despite Isana’s preference for women and Claire’s obvious good looks, there had never been anything like that between them. Claire definitely knew what Isana’s interests were, and never made a big deal of it. They were good friends, and that was the way they liked it.

“You know, I blame all my troubles on you,” Claire grinned back. “At least one of those old stories about witches has to be true.”

“Well, if your milk curdles prematurely and your cows are born with two heads, we’ll know!” they shared another laugh and Isana nodded towards Emi. “What did I interrupt?”

“Oh! I’m supposed to be washing and folding the dinner linen!” Emi squeaked and looked apologetically at her mother.

“It’s all right,” Claire smiled. “Isana doesn’t visit us often enough, so I suppose it’s understandable that you’d want to talk to her. Just make sure your lunchtime chores are done.”

“They are,” Emi smiled joyously. “Isana said she came to see our guests.”

“I know,” Claire said, looking back to Isana. “Will you have lunch with us? They’ll probably be coming down for their own meal soon.”

“Sounds great,” she replied easily. “What am I eating today, Emi?”

Emi thought about the question for a moment. They had established a small tradition between them that whenever Isana ate at the hotel, Emi would choose for her. “The roast beef sandwich with broccoli and cheese soup?”

“Sounds excellent,” Isana agreed, feeling herself salivate at the mention of the meal. She let herself be led by Emi into the main dining room. It was a very comfortable space with scattered tables and booths, all with dark wood and red upholstery. The walls and pillars of the room were also made of naturally dark woods. Along one long wall was the bar and the doors into the kitchen. At the moment it was completely empty. After sitting at a barstool and nodding to Jenna, the bartender, Emi disappeared into the kitchen. Claire had already gone back to getting things ready for the day.

The food didn’t take long to make so only moments later she was slurping down the delicious soup and savoring every bite of the sandwich. Despite her young age, Emi was well on her way to becoming a first-class cook. Starting about a year ago, every meal that Isana ate at the hotel had been made by the girl, and each time it only got better. There had of course been the occasional miss or flop, but Emi always wanted to learn something new. When it became time, Isana had no doubts that Emi would take over the hotel and it would run better than ever.

“So, how is it?” Emi said, watching intently from her perch on the next stool. Isana knew her opinion carried great weight, so she made sure she knew her answer.

“The soup is great,” Isana said with complete honesty. “The cheese is perfect and the broccoli is nice and soft. Did you bake the bread for the sandwich?”

“No,” Emi held up her small hands. “I’m not strong enough to knead the dough. I get tired or cramped too soon.”

“But you made the rest of it?”

“Yep!” Emi was practically glowing from the accomplishment. “I made a whole batch of the soup last night, so there’s plenty more if you want it.”

“No, I think I’m good,” Isana smiled and patted her belly. “Unlike you, this is as tall as I’m getting, and I have no desire to become any rounder. Plus, I’d have to work for any more than this, and your mom had that look in her eye today that says that wouldn’t be any fun.”

Isana idly picked up a pristinely white linen napkin that sat at the seat next to her. When she saw Emi watching her still, she grinned and pulled a little magic together. While most witches and magic users in general needed spell words, arias, or incantations to make magic work, Isana had always been able to manipulate it with only her will. Now she crumpled the napkin inside one hand and then clapped it together with the other. Weaving the magic tighter, she locked onto Emi’s eyes for a moment and gestured towards her hands with her head. Emi’s eyes widened with delight.

Following the silent instruction, Emi reached out a hand and Isana lifted her hands apart just a crack. Emi’s little fingers probed inside and Isana’s smile widened when she heard the girl’s gasp.  When Emi pulled her hand back she had a long green stem between two fingers. When she felt it was right, Isana parted and withdrew her hands completely and Emi was left holding a real white chrysanthemum.

“Cool,” Emi breathed out, marveling at the flower in her hands.

“Isana! How many times must I tell you that my supplies are not for you to be magicing with?” Claire was striding into the room as both Isana and the woman’s daughter turned toward the doorway. Behind the stern-faced Claire were two women. One was a tallish redhead with short cropped hair, in her late twenties or so. Her partner was at least a decade older, a petite brunette. She held a finger-thick folder. Both were dressed professionally. Behind them walked a man that Isana knew well, the Willis town councilman Tony Reffit. He was an older, balding man with many laugh lines on his face. Neither of the women seemed surprised by her appearance, so Isana assumed Claire must have warned them.

“I can change it back,” Isana said, trying to reassure her friend.

“That’s not what I’m worried about,” Claire sighed. “I can still remember that little mess you made at Emi’s birthday party three months ago. It took hours to round up all those little birds.”

“They were so pretty, though!” Emi giggled, ignoring the slightly cross look her mother passed her way. She raised the flower back up. “I like the flower, but we need the napkin more.”

“See? Emi is most definitely your daughter,” Isana replied jovially. She took the flower, held it by the end of the stem, and flicked her wrist. In the next instant the napkin drooped back down and then Emi expertly folded it and put it back in its place. Isana then stood to her full, unimpressive height and acknowledged the others with an inclination of her head.

“Good afternoon,” she said in polite greeting. “I hear that you have a need to speak to me?”

“Yes, we do indeed,” smiled the older of the women. Her voice sounded dreadfully tired. “I am Councilwoman Rebecca, and my companion is Maya Detwiler, the current head of the Arbor Coven of Magic, which is the body that governs the magic users in our city under the oversight of the Council. Would you be willing to join us at a table so that we can sit and discuss something?”

“Sure,” Isana responded amiably. “I’ve already eaten so feel free to order something. I won’t think it to be rude.”

“Thank god!” Councilman Reffit chuckled as Claire cleared a circular table in the center of the room near one of the support pillars.  The table had four ladder-back chairs with comfortable wine-colored cushions on the seats. A matching tablecloth draped low and on it were clear glass salt and pepper shakers. At each place were more of the linen napkins, except these were black. Isana allowed the others to be seated first, then took her place and tucked her tail between the chair slats.

“What can I get you?” Claire asked in renewed perkiness. Isana’s friend loved running the hotel and restaurant, and it showed in her manner.

“That soup smelled wonderful,” Reffit smiled. “I’ll have a large bowl of it and some bread.”

“I’ll have a plate of the spaghetti.” Detwiler said, speaking for the first time. Her voice had a clipped harshness to it, yet it didn’t seem at all unkind. “Is the sauce very meaty?”

“It can be,” Claire shrugged. “We’re more than happy to make it the way you like it.”

“Oh!” Detwiler thought for a moment. “Then I’ll have it thick with some garlic toast on the side.”

“I’ll have what she had,” Rebecca smiled, pointing toward Isana. “She seemed to like it a great deal.”

“That’s because Emi made it,” Isana grinned, speaking loud enough for the girl to hear the compliment and giggle happily on her stool. “Got any pie, Claire?”

“When don’t we have pie when you’re here?” Claire laughed. “I’ll have all your food out to you in a bit.”

“Well, while we’re waiting for the food, can you tell me how I can help you?” Isana asked pleasantly. She saw that Maya was watching her twitching tail curiously.

Rebecca grimaced. “It’s a complicated matter that we wish we could deal with ourselves. Unfortunately, current events have forced us to seek outside help. When we made inquiries, Councilmen Reffit responded to us and let us know to approach you with this.”

“I see,” Isana responded pleasantly. “But that doesn’t tell me much.”

“No,” Rebecca agreed. “But have you heard of the unrest that has been building in our city?”

“Only a little,” Isana admitted. “I confess that I haven’t given much attention to the rumors of events outside of Willis lately.”

“Well, unfortunately ‘unrest’ is now an understatement for what is going on back home,” the older woman said in a sour, displeased tone. “The main problem is an explosively growing dislike and outright hatred towards non-humans and magic users in general. We don’t know what or who is fueling this, and there haven’t been any signs indicating it will settle down.”

“But you guys have many times more of both than we do,” Isana said, feeling shocked. “Hell, I think I might be one of the few trained magic users in Willis. I know the MDU boys have a decent punch, but most of the others are just folks with one-trick talents or self-taught things.”

“That does about sum things up,” Reffit confirmed. “There are one or two others, maybe.”

“Yes, and that is all part of what we want to discuss,” Detwiler nodded.

“What she means,” Rebecca continued, “is that we would like to help add to your local talent pool while also doing a great humanitarian service.”

“That sounds a bit ominous,” Isana frowned.

“I suppose it was,” Rebecca replied, not smiling at all. “That is because we want to ask a great deal of you. Because of our social problems, we have another new one as a result. That problem has to do with three young girls.”

“How are these girls a problem?” Isana asked. “What have they done?”

“Nothing,” Rebecca said with a sad smile. “The problem lies in the fact that none of them are human and two of them visibly so. This is further exacerbated because two of those are natural witches…” Isana winced mentally at that. “…and the third has innate magical abilities. All three have been living in an orphanage in Arbor, but now there’s a lot of stink rising up about them. For some reason the mob had focused a large amount of their hatred on them.”

“That… that’s so flipping stupid!” Isana hissed, bearing her teeth in a very feline manner.

“It is,” Rebecca agreed, showing her own displeasure. “But also unfortunately, we don’t have the resources to keep the crime down and also post constant guards to keep the girls safe when the other kids around them are starting to pick up on the hatred of the adults.  There have already been several incidents.”

“Kids can be crueler sometimes when they ape their elders,” Isana said. “I’m guessing that you’d like to move them here?”

“That’s exactly what we want to do,” Rebecca agreed readily.  “But specifically we’d like you to take them in.”

“Me!” Isana jerked upright in her chair. She could feel her upper cat ears twitching along with her tail from her growing agitation.

“Yes, you,” Reffit answered amiably. “Isana, you just said it yourself. You are the only true magic user in this town, and like you, two of these girls are natural witches. You are the only one who can train them and show them how to use their magic safely, and we see no reason to separate them from each other. Also, you live in that great big house out in the forest by yourself. Doesn’t that get lonely?”

“I like having my solitude and peace,” Isana retorted confusedly, not knowing what to object to first. Her voice notched up higher in panic. “Why couldn’t we just make it like school or something? The girls could live with someone else and I can teach them there.”

“Isana,” Maya said in a soothing tone. “I too am a witch, just like you. So I ask this: how did you learn your magic?”

Grimacing in reluctance, Isana answered. “I lived with the woman who raised me, and at the same time I was her apprentice. I lived and learned from her until she died five years ago.”

“I learned the same way, through a live-in apprenticeship,” Maya agreed knowingly. “Learning magic means living with it and constantly being around a master. One of these girls has already had her magic awaken, and it is causing her a great deal of stress and unpleasantness.”

“But I am not a mother figure,” Isana argued. “Wouldn’t you want someone a little older? You know what inevitably happens when witches live together.”

“We do,” Maya agreed again, this time with a wide smile. “But we’ve been told that you have never done anything to harm anyone who doesn’t try to harm you, and you’ve always been kind and generous. We all agree that you are the perfect person. We trust you implicitly.”

“You’ve always been great with kids!” Claire added as she walked over with a tray filled with food. Isana’s nose and eyes quickly found the generous slice of blueberry pie topped with a sizable scoop of ice cream. Claire gave her a knowing smirk, then passed her the pie last. “Isana, you’ve always been willing to watch other peoples’ kids before. I know I’d trust you with Emi in a heartbeat, and she loves you so much.”

“Yeah!” Emi cheered, obviously still listening in.

“Thanks, Emi,” Isana smiled wryly. Then, after relishing a mouthful of pie, she addressed the visitors. “There’s no other option?”

“None that wouldn’t carry a far higher price and would force us to split the girls up, which would be painfully disruptive to them.  You have both the ability and the resources to make this possible.”

Isana frowned unhappily under the hopeful looks from the visitors from Arbor, the Willis Councilman and even Claire and Emi. She felt like she was being emotionally and morally blackmailed. But she also couldn’t fault them for coming to the conclusion they had.  Her home was indeed a very large one, with many empty bedrooms, and her own gardens produced more than enough produce to feed at least half a dozen people. But she didn’t like the idea of taking on such a substantial commitment out of nowhere.

Her adult life so far had mostly been one of easy living and freedom. She’d never before been fully responsible for the lives of others, especially young people. The thought of having kids herself was something she had seen as far into her future. Now she was looking at three girls who would depend on her for almost everything. It frightened her more than anything had in years.

“Isana, you can’t tell me to my face that you aren’t lonely,” Claire said, smiling. “Every time something calls you into town, you come speeding in as fast as you can. Then you spend as long a time as possible here before you head back. Emi and I love when you visit, you know that, but with these girls, you can have your own family. It would be both a challenge and a joy, I think.”

“Hmmm,” Isana propped her head into her hands and really thought about it. Her eyes strayed over towards Emi, and the girl gave her an eager thumbs-up gesture. That enthusiasm made her snort a laugh. If Emi approved, how could she not?

Sighing deeply, Isana ate a few more bites of the wonderful pie before saying another word. If she was going to possibly doom herself, she wanted to at least enjoy dessert first. She knew the others were watching her closely the entire time. Then Claire cracked a happy grin.

“You’re being stubborn, Isana,” she laughed jubilantly.

“I just think there has to be a better alternative,” Isana insisted, trying not to let her friend get so much satisfaction out of this. Then she nodded her head towards the other two women. “I suppose, if this is the best way, then I will agree to do this for the girls and take them in. You sure there’s no alternative?”

“Not without major sacrifices, like we said,” Rebecca answered, smiling widely. “Thank you so much for doing this. They really are wonderful girls.”

“I guess that’s some comfort,” Isana said, smiling in resignation and defeat. She really was a sucker for charity. Her brain was already whirling with thoughts on everything she’d have to change and do. It was a lot. “When were you planning on bringing them?”

Now Rebecca looked sheepish. “Well, we’d originally planned on having to wear you down over several days,” she said unapologetically. “But it seems that was unnecessary.”

Isana didn’t know how to respond to that, so she kept safely silent and Rebecca went on.

“I know their bags are already packed and ready to go, so how about we…” She gestured toward the door.

On to Chapter Two!

Birds in Flight, Chapter 1

  • Posted on December 1, 2020 at 3:48 pm

by Girl Lover

Seventeen-year-old Jill quickly scrawled I LOVE YOU, MOM & DAD. HAPPY BIRTHDAY on the card and put it in the side pocket of her backpack. Both her parents’ birthdays were coming up in a couple of weeks and because the dates were so close, they always picked a day in the middle and celebrated together. Jill hated that she wasn’t able to think of anything better than “Happy Birthday” to put on the card. Writing wasn’t her strong suit, but her parents would understand everything that her simple message entailed.

Jill closed the door of her locker as she waited for her two best friends Wendy and Tracy to finish checking their make-up. Wendy slammed her locker door closed, closely followed by Tracy, and the three girls set off down the hall of McCallum Middle-High School. It was Monday, they’d just received the new schedule for the football games and were already making plans. Being the head cheerleaders, they were the most popular girls in the school and knew it. More than that, they loved it. They didn’t walk down the hall, they strutted. Every guy wanted to be with them, and every girl wanted to be them.

Heading to the practice field, Jill and her friends commented disparagingly on the assembly that they’d just left. Every year, the fifth-grade students presented their science reports to the entire school. Having to sit through twenty of these had put Wendy in a bad mood.

“I thought those stupid reports would never end!” she exclaimed, rolling her eyes. “And the little shits just kept coming. After one little fucker would leave, another would come and start running their mouth about mammals or volcanoes. I almost walked out.”

“Like you could’ve gotten past Fanny,” Tracy remarked. Fanny was the robust school custodian and hall monitor, physically able to deal with even the largest boys.

“I could’ve handled her,” Wendy retorted.

Walking outside and onto the playing field, they saw that the new middle-school girls were there, applicants waiting and hoping for a chance to join the cheerleading squad. Jill, Wendy, and Tracy seated themselves in the front row of the bleachers, then watched as each girl went through the dance moves. Once a girl was done, the three of them would have a quick conference, then announce a decision, accepting some girls and rejecting others.

“Next!” Wendy yelled.

A small, chubby fifth-grade girl hesitantly stepped up, clearly very nervous. All three snickered at her. “What the hell are you?! You actually think you can be a cheerleader?!” Tracy chortled.

“Get out of here, you fat pig!” Wendy told her, and their snickering became outright laughter as the girl slowly walked away, her lips quivering, shoulders slumped.

The rest of the day went by and during lunch, as the three walked over to their table, Wendy stopped at the fifth-graders’ table in front of the chubby girl they’d made fun of earlier. Glaring down at her lunch, Wendy exclaimed, “No wonder you’re so fat, you pig!” The other fifth-graders burst out laughing at this remark, and the three walked on.

As they seated themselves, Jill glanced over at the fifth-grader, sitting alone at her table. A few of the other fifth-graders were still snickering, and one of them mockingly called out her name. Linda. She watched as Linda then abruptly got up and quickly left the cafeteria. She frowned at this.

Tracy saw the frown. “What’s with you?”

Jill turned to Wendy and Tracy. “You didn’t have to be that mean to her.”

Wendy’s eyes narrowed. “Why do you care? She’s nobody.”

***

That afternoon as school let out and Jill was about to walk home, she happened to glance up the sidewalk and saw Linda slowly walking home, her head hanging down, shoulders quivering. Jill was sure she was crying.

She sighed. It’s just part of being popular, she told herself, making fun of other kids. But Wendy’s just being nasty, and Tracy’s totally following her lead. 

Then Jill had a thought that made her shiver. Am I any better than they are? After all, I laughed at that girl and called her names, too! I helped make her cry. Suddenly, she felt sick inside.

Jill trudged home, feeling numb with guilt. I don’t want to be a mean person, she thought. I don’t! I should tell Wendy and Tracy to lay off, leave this girl alone. 

***

Linda slowly walked home to the trailer park. Picking her way along the littered dirt path leading to the cramped trailer that she lived in, she slowly opened the door and peered anxiously inside, only to see her mom passed out on the couch. Her clothes were filthy, and her body reeked of going for several days without bathing. A half-empty bottle of whiskey stood on the table beside her. The drink which caused her mother to be such an ugly, hateful person. Tiptoeing quietly, Linda took the bottle, then turned towards the bathroom to pour it out.

“What d’ya think yeeer doing?!” a drunken slur sounded behind her.

Linda turned around, paling in fright as she clutched the bottle against her chest, “It’s b-bad for you, Mama.” As she watched her mother rise up and stagger towards her, Linda began to tremble violently. “It makes you mean.”

But her pleas were ignored as her mother snatched the bottle out of Linda’s hand, shoving her to the floor. “Didn’t I tell you what I’d do if you ever touched my shit?!” Her mother picked up a belt that was draped over the back of a chair.

Linda tried to get up, her voice coming out in stutters, “I-I-I want to help y-y-you, Mama.”

“I don’t need your help,” her mother sneered menacingly, raising the belt.

***

The next day, Wendy and Tracy continued to torment Linda in the hall, calling her Piggy. Jill considered asking them to let the girl be, but then backed down, not wanting to be on the receiving end of her friends’ venom.

When the bell rang for lunch, instead of accompanying Wendy and Tracy to the cafeteria, as usual, Jill said she wasn’t hungry and went outside, not wanting to be with them. She slowly strolled along the sidewalk, watching the other middle-school kids at recess. Following the walkway around the perimeter of the yard, she approached the equipment shed, pausing when she heard a sniffling sound coming from behind it.

Quietly walking to the back corner, she peeked around and, to her surprise, saw the fifth-grade girl from yesterday, hunkered down against the shed, bent over and sobbing. Her face was hidden by her arms, her body slightly shuddering.

Jill watched her sorrowfully, not knowing what to do, then Linda glanced up and spied her. Eyes widening in dread, she gasped quietly in her sobbing voice, “P-please don’t hurt me anymore.”

For a moment, Jill stood there stunned, then said quietly, “Linda…”

“Please, g-go away,” Linda’s voice choked through the tears.

There was nothing else Jill could say. Hearing the agony in this little ten-year-old girl’s voice, it was only then that Jill finally saw what she and her friends had become. As quietly as she came, she departed, numb with shame and pondering on what to do about it.

***

The last class of the day had just ended. Jill had just closed her locker and stepped into the bathroom when she saw Tracy cornering Linda. The little girl’s face had terror written all over it. She tried to escape, but Tracy blocked her way.

In disbelief, Jill asked, “What’s going on?”

Tracy laughed, “Having a little fun with Piggy. See how stringy her hair is? We’re gonna wash it for her… in the toilet, that is!”

“No,” Jill said, shaking her head. “You’re not doing that. This is going too far.”

Wendy stepped in front of her, locking her eyes on Jill, “What’s your problem?! Why are you sticking up for this little cunt?”

Jill glanced at Linda’s frightened face, then back at Wendy. “This isn’t funny!”

Tracy came over as Wendy lowered her tone menacingly, “I’m not trying to be funny.”

“But… why?” Jill cried. “What did she ever do to you?”

Wendy rolled her eyes. “Oh, my God.” Then, speaking as if to a child, she said, “Look, Jill. We make the rules. It’s our school, not hers. This little pig… she’s beneath us. We run the world, she,” Wendy jerked a thumb at the cowering Linda, “scrubs the fucking floors, and it’s our job to make sure she never forgets that. It’s the way high school works. It’s the way life works.”

“So you need to ask yourself,” Tracy added, now holding tightly to Linda’s arm, “which side you’re on, Jill. With us, or with her.” She punctuated the last word with a careless slap to the whimpering girl’s cheek. “Shut it, fatty!”

For the first time in all the years that she’d known Wendy, Jill looked into her eyes and felt fear at what she saw. Then she stared at Linda, struck by the terrified, pleading look the little girl gave her…

….and she shoved Wendy hard, causing her to stumble backward, careening into Tracy. The two of them fell to the ground in a heap. Jill seized Linda’s hand and ran out of the locker room. Quickly running through the gym and into the hall, Jill’s mind raced in utter panic, trying to work out what she should do. Not wanting to confront Tracy or Wendy at their lockers, Jill decided to take Linda home and then go home herself.

Still clutching the younger girl by the hand, Jill led her to the street, moving in the direction that she saw Linda going in on the previous day. When they came to an intersection, Jill stopped and they rested.

“Are you all right?” she asked Linda, who was wide-eyed and breathing hard. The girl didn’t respond, apparently still in shock over what had just happened. Jill touched her arm, getting her attention. “I’m going to take you home, okay?” Linda nodded. “Where do you live?”

Linda pointed down the street. They headed in that direction and, upon coming to another intersection, Jill saw Linda turn to the right, so she followed the younger girl down that street till she saw Linda stop in front of a small, run-down trailer. Neither of them had spoken a word for the last few minutes; now, they looked at each other.

“I’ll see you tomorrow,” Jill mumbled quietly before walking off. As she came to the corner of the street and was about to head home herself, Jill turned to look back and was surprised to see the little girl still standing in the same spot, watching her.

On her way home, Jill reflected on what had happened. They were just having some fun with Linda when she’d turned up at the cheerleader tryouts. She never meant for things to spin so wildly out of control, and certainly didn’t expect Wendy to go as far as she had. And that’s what scared her — because Jill knew that going against her friends in such a drastic way had landed herself squarely on the outside with Linda. Now Wendy would be going after her as well.

That night, she laid in bed, staring at the ceiling, wondering how everything had gone so wrong so suddenly, and what she should do about it.

***

The next morning, Jill left her house early. Coming to the parking lot of the school, she waited, watching for Linda. Eventually, Jill saw the girl slowly walking towards the school and approached her. When Linda saw Jill, she paused in mid-step, wondering what was going on.

“Hi,” Jill addressed her somberly. “ I was, uh… going to walk you inside to make sure nobody bothered you.”

Linda followed silently as they walked towards the building and inside. Neither spoke as they headed for Linda’s locker. Jill saw that the girl looked really nervous, and couldn’t blame her.

As Jill kept her eyes open for any signs of Wendy or Tracy, she heard Linda’s small, confused voice, “Why are you doing this?”

Jill said quietly, “I’m trying to do the right thing.” They stopped at Linda’s locker and Jill, suddenly unable to meet the younger girl’s gaze, stared down at her shoes. “I want to apologize. I’m not asking you to accept it, because I’ll never be able to undo what I did. I don’t know why I was mean to you. I — I don’t know who I was, but I’m trying to be a better person. All I know is that I don’t want to just say ‘I’m sorry’ and leave it at that. I want to be your friend, to try and make up for everything.”

For a moment, Linda just looked at her, then gathered her books for first period and headed to class. Jill followed alongside, escorting her to class, glaring at any of the other kids who tried to say or do anything.

After Linda stepped inside her classroom, Jill went to her own locker, expecting to see Wendy and Tracy there, but they weren’t. Surprised but still expecting something, she cautiously approached her locker and her face fell when she saw what was written on it in permanent ink, so it couldn’t be easily cleaned off. It read, PIGGY’S LOVER.

So it begins, Jill sadly thought. How the mighty have fallen.

“Honestly, I don’t know how some people can love pigs,” Wendy’s voice sounded behind her.

“Pigs love to live in filth,” Tracy responded. Turning around, she saw Wendy, Tracy, and half a dozen other cheerleaders walking past, looking at her disdainfully.

At lunchtime, avoiding her usual table, she carried her lunch tray along, scanning the room for Linda. She spied the girl, sitting at a table by herself, and walked over. As she set her tray down, Linda looked up at her in disbelief.

Jill sat down and picked at her food nervously, taking a few bites. Noticing that Linda only had a piece of celery, Jill asked, “Where’s your lunch?”

“I… I’m trying to lose weight,” Linda replied quietly.

Jill winced. “Please, Linda, forget those awful things we said. Be yourself.” She handed Linda her slice of pizza, “Here.”

Linda looked at Jill. “B-but it’s your lunch.”

“Please eat it,” Jill encouraged her. Linda hesitantly took a bite.

While they ate, Jill noticed many of the other high schoolers watching them and whispering among themselves. She knew what they were saying and thought it really hurt, this was the right thing to do.

***

After school, Jill quickly gathered her things and went to Linda’s locker, reaching it just as the girl was about to leave. “Hi, uh…I wanted to make sure that nobody bothered you on the way home.”

Linda’s mournful face brightened a bit — and it struck Jill that this sad little girl had a nice smile. In fact, despite being slightly overweight, she was actually sort of cute.

They exited the school and set off. After walking in silence for a while, Jill asked, “So… what do you like to do?” Linda looked at her questioningly. “I mean, do you have any hobbies that you like?”

“Why?” Linda replied in her small voice.

“I want to get to know you. See what you’re like.”

Linda thought for a bit, then quietly replied, “I like to draw.”

“Oh? What do you draw?”

Another quiet reply, “Animals.”

“Okay, what kinds of movies do you like?”

“I don’t know. We really haven’t seen any movies.”

“Who’s we?” Jill asked.

“Me and my sister.”

“What else do you like to do besides draw?”

“I collect rocks.”

“Rocks?”

“Not regular rocks. Special ones. Like crystals.”

Their conversation continued along similar lines, with Jill asking questions and Linda answering. Jill soon decided that this shy young girl was more interesting than she first appeared to be.

When they arrived at Linda’s trailer, Jill told her, “Well, bye. I’ll see you tomorrow.”

“Okay,” Linda replied. And for the first time, she smiled.

Jill smiled back and, with a friendly wave, turned to head back to her own house. At the corner, she turned and glanced back. Linda was watching her, just like she had on the previous day. Jill waved again, and Linda did the same.

***

Friday, the last day of the week. Normally, Jill would have been making plans with Wendy and Tracy for the weekend, but things were different now. And it wasn’t just Wendy and Tracy. A lot of people who she thought were her friends had turned against her. She was an outcast, just like Linda, which made Jill want to be her friend all the more.

That day went the same as the one before. Jill ignored the comments and mocking glances and ate with Linda again. When school let out, they walked home together.

“Do you have any plans for this weekend?” Jill asked. Linda shook her head. “What do you do for fun?”

The ten-year-old shrugged. “Play with my sister.”

“Don’t you go anywhere, like the mall?”

“Mama won’t let us,” Linda answered.

As they walked, Linda suddenly stooped to pick up a rock. As she studied it, Jill looked at it too, asking, “Are you going to keep it for your collection?” Linda nodded. “How many rocks do you have?”

“About…” Linda thought for a while then said, “…twenty.”

“I’d like to see them,” Jill remarked as they approached Linda’s home.

Linda looked at her with a confused look, “You want to see… my rocks?”

“Sure. Is that okay?”

“They’re nothing special. You don’t have to.”

“I want to.”

Linda thought for a bit. “Mama won’t be home till later, so I guess it’s okay if you come in.”

When they reached the trailer, Linda opened the door, letting them both in. Jill immediately noticed a stark difference between her home and Linda’s. Whereas Jill’s family was well-off and lived in a clean, elegant home, Linda’s was the complete opposite. Following her through the cluttered, dirty living room, they came to a tiny space, not much larger than a closet, that turned out to be Linda’s bedroom.

Taking out a small shoebox, Linda placed it on the bed. Jill looked at the several small rocks as Linda picked up a particular one. “This is my favorite.”

Jill studied the quartz crystal with interest. “That’s really cool.”

“You really think so? You’re not just saying that?”

“Yeah. I really like it.”

Suddenly, Jill heard a small squeak behind her. Turning around, she spied a little girl peeking around the corner at her. “This is my sister, Emma.” Linda motioned to the girl to come in. The girl entered, staring at Jill in awe. “Emma, this is Jill.”

“Hi,” Jill greeted her, but no reply came from the little girl. “Hello?” she tried again, to no avail.

“She doesn’t talk much around strangers,” Linda explained.

Jill looked around at Linda’s sparsely decorated room. There were a few drawings hanging on the wall, which were quite good. As Jill looked at them, Linda told her a little something about each one.

Suddenly, the little girl Emma spoke up. “How old are you?”

Jill turned in surprise. “Seventeen.”

The girl’s eyes widened. “I’m eight,” she said.

Jill heard the front door open and saw Linda and Emma become wide-eyed with alarm. Linda raced over to the window, quickly raising it and quietly motioning for Jill to crawl out. Confused, but stirred by the younger girls’ urgency, Jill did as her new friend said, with Linda whispering, “Meet me by those trees,” pointing to a nearby grove as Jill’s feet hit the ground.

Jill hurried over to the stand of trees and waited, wondering what was going on. A couple of minutes later, Linda and Emma emerged from the trailer, both girls running towards her.

“Sorry about that,” Linda said when she reached Jill, slightly out of breath. “I’m not supposed to have anyone inside.”

“C’mon! You can see our secret place,” cried Emma. She took Jill’s hand, pulling her along.

Amused by the little girl’s excitement, Jill let herself be led through the grove until they came to a cluster of three trees growing together. A ramshackle collection of plywood, boards and other junk was heaped together into some sort of structure. Emma pulled open a door and walked in, and Jill followed with Linda close behind.

Inside the cobbled-together room, there was a queen-size mattress, a table, some books, some games and a few toys. Everything looked as if it had been found on the side of the road.

“Me and Emma built this ourselves,” Linda said.

“So we can hide from Mama,” Emma piped in.

“Emma!” Linda shushed her.

Emma went over to the table and pointed, “See, we got checkers and Momo-poly.”

“Monopoly,” Linda corrected her.

“That’s what I said.” Opening the Monopoly box, she asked hopefully, “D’ya wanna play? It’s really fun.”

Jill smiled at her enthusiasm, “Okay.” As Emma eagerly set the board up, Jill turned to Linda, “What else do you guys do for fun?”

Linda shrugged. “Just whatever.”

“Do you ever go anywhere?”

Linda thought, then said, “There was an art museum that my class went to earlier this year. I really liked it, but we weren’t able to see everything.”

“Where was it?”

“Our teacher said it was at the university.”

Jill thought out loud, “Art museum at the university… hmm, that must be the Blanton Art Museum at UT. Want to go there tomorrow?”

Linda looked at her, stunned, “What?”

“Would you like to go? I could drive us there.”

“Really?! Oh, that would be so awesome. You’d really do that?”

“Of course.”

Emma asked, “Can I come?”

Jill grinned at her. “Sure you can.”

Emma finished setting up the Monopoly game, then, then they played for a while. After an hour, Jill told them, “I need to go home now. I’ll see you tomorrow morning.”

“Don’t come to the door, okay?” Linda said. “Just knock on my window.”

“Okay,” Jill replied, frowning slightly at the odd request. “Bye, then.”

“Bye,” the younger girls replied, and Jill opened the door and took her leave. She set off for home, but upon reaching the street, looked back to see Linda watching her. Jill waved, and Linda waved back, wearing a huge smile.

***

On Saturday when Jill awakened, she briefly thought about how different today was going to be without her old friends, but quickly pushed that aside, looking forward to spending the day with her new friends.

It’s funny how much I’ve come to like Linda, she mused. There’s something so real about her, compared to the girls I used to hang out with. She’s a sweet kid, too — guess I forgot what it’s like to spend time with someone who’s actually nice. And I love her smile… makes me wonder why we and my idiot friends treated her like she was ugly. She isn’t, not at all.

Finally, she got up and fixed breakfast, wondering what else she and the girls could do after the museum. Remembering that there was also a science museum at UT, she decided that Linda would especially enjoy it because of the gem and mineral collection inside.

After breakfast, Jill showered and got dressed, then borrowed her mom’s car and drove over to Linda’s trailer. Going over to the window, she knocked softly. Seconds later, the curtain whisked back and Emma’s face appeared, breaking into a big grin. Linda appeared beside her and pulled up the window, putting a finger to her lips like she did yesterday. First Emma carefully crawled out, then Linda, and then they got into Jill’s car and drove off.

Their outing was a huge success. The girls really enjoyed both museums, and Linda was so happy that Jill found her delight to be positively contagious. As they ate lunch at a nearby restaurant, Jill asked, “Hey, what do you think about spending the night at my house?”

“I — I can’t,” Linda replied sadly.

“Well… what if I spend the night at your place, in that little shack you built? I could bring my sleeping bag. It’s big enough to hold all of us.”

Emma’s eyes lit up, “Oh, that would be so cool.”

“I’d love to,” Linda replied, her eyes sparkling.

Once again, Jill found herself dwelling on this little girl’s pretty face.

***

That night, Jill grabbed her sleeping bag and told her parents that she was going to spend the night camping in the backyard of a friend. Walking through the streets until she arrived at Linda’s trailer, she met her friend just outside. Together, they went to the little handmade bungalow, where Emma was already setting up the Monopoly game.

After they played for a while, Emma unrolled the sleeping bag and crawled inside. “This is so cool!” she exclaimed.

Jill took off her pants and reached under her shirt to pull off her bra, then got in beside Emma. Linda joined them without undressing. It was snug, but they were all able to fit inside.

“You’re going to sleep in your clothes?” Jill asked.

“Yeah,” was all Linda said. She seemed reluctant to undress. For some reason, that bothered Jill. What’s she being all shy about? she wondered but didn’t comment.

After a minute of lying quietly, Emma asked, “Can you sing the bird song, Linda?”

As Emma lay facing away from her sister, Linda rubbed her back and, to Jill’s surprise, began to sing in a gentle voice.

Early each day to the steps of St Paul’s, the little old bird woman comes.
In her own special way, to the people she calls, ‘Come buy my bags full of crumbs.’
Come feed the little birds. Show them you care and you’ll be glad if you do
Their young ones are hungry. Their nests are so bare. All it takes is tuppence from you…

Jill listened, spellbound as the song drew her in and held her. By the time Linda had finished,  Emma was sound asleep. Linda rolled over to face Jill, smiling sheepishly.

“That was beautiful,” Jill whispered, not wanting to wake Emma.

“Sometimes when she can’t fall asleep, I sing to her. I — I’ve never sang in front of anyone else, though.” Linda giggled nervously.

“I liked it.”

They talked quietly until Linda too grew tired and drifted off. Jill closed her eyes and tried to fall asleep, but was unable to. No matter what she did, she couldn’t relax enough to feel tired, and she knew why. She was feeling aroused in a big way, and knew what she needed to do to satisfy this bothersome itch.

Glancing at Linda beside her to make sure the girl really was asleep, Jill carefully slid a hand into her panties. Slipping two fingers inside while rubbing her clit with her thumb, she slowly but firmly began to move them in and out.

Jill soon realized that she wanted to look at Linda as she masturbated. Her breathing quickly became heavier as she gazed at the little girl lying peacefully beside her. Her rubbing became more frantic, then she suddenly found relief, biting her lower lip to keep from crying out loud.

Now out of breath and tingling all over, Jill withdrew her hand from her wet panties and relaxed. She continued to stare at Linda, wondering how this little girl could have such an effect on her. It wasn’t as if Linda was some hot, gorgeous babe. Not that Jill had ever been attracted to another girl before. And she was so young, only ten.

Jill didn’t know what to make of these feelings. They confused her.

***

The next morning, Jill opened her eyes and, for a second, wondered where she was. Seeing Linda sleeping beside her, she remembered. With a troubled sigh, she mused about what happened last night. Jill had always thought of herself as straight, but she could no longer deny that there was something about this little girl that turned her on.

Reaching out, she gently took Linda’s hand in hers. She didn’t intend to wake Linda up, but then the ten-year-old’s eyes fluttered open.

Linda looked at her hand in Jill’s. Not knowing what else to say, Jill murmured, “Is this okay?” giving Linda’s hand a little squeeze.

Linda paused then replied, “Yeah,” breaking into a smile.

“Mmmm, I’m starving. What have you got for breakfast?” Jill asked.

The little girl’s smile vanished. “Um… I don’t know. I’ll go and see.”

Sensing potential trouble, Jill quickly said, “That’s okay. I’ll take us to McDonald’s. My treat.”

“Oh no, you don’t have to do that. Me and Emma…”

“I want to.”

Linda sighed, then nodded, “Thank you.”

They talked for a while, and when Emma woke up, they got dressed and went to McDonald’s for breakfast. Afterward, Jill took the girls to The Thinkery, a children’s science museum that Jill knew Linda would enjoy. All the while, Jill kept thinking about how much she enjoyed being with this girl… and what it would be like to kiss her.

On to Chapter Two!

1

Greenfield Tales, Chapter 2

  • Posted on November 25, 2020 at 4:03 pm

By JB West

For helpful information about this story’s main characters, please consult The Girls and Women of Greenfield Tales

Part 1 – Sundown

Deena Dean left the hospital around nine o’clock after skillfully extricating herself from the embrace of the two little nymphs without embarrassing herself or tipping her hand. She said a quick round of goodbyes, then made a hasty exit, nearly running by the time she got back to her cruiser. Once inside, shielded by the dark tinted windows, she thrust a hand down to her crotch. Even through the thick polyester blend of her uniform pants, she could feel the wetness that was leaking out of her.

“Fuck!” Deena hissed. Sexual frustration seethed inside her, threatening to boil over. But any real release would have to wait. She wasn’t about to masturbate in her squad car in the middle of a hospital parking lot. Hell, the sun hadn’t even set yet. No, she’d have to wait until she got home to release all this pent-up energy.

First, though, Deena had to go back to the station house and write up the report on the incident. She was already more than two hours past the end of her shift, but that was hardly unusual. Normally, she would’ve put off doing the paperwork until the next morning, but she had the day off tomorrow and knew the Captain wouldn’t let it slide that long.

Deena pulled into the station house lot a few minutes later and parked in her designated spot. She headed inside, passing the watch commander with a quick nod, and proceeded to her desk. Quickly writing up her report, Deena signed it, left the finished product on her captain’s desk, and was out the door moments later.

When Deena arrived home, it was just before ten o’clock. She entered the house and noticed that all the lights were off but the TV had been left on. Taking off her shoes, she padded into the living room to find her lover on the couch, lying on her side like always, one arm curled beneath the pillow supporting her head, the other lodged firmly between her creamy thighs. In the soft blue glow of the television, her face looked like that of an angel sleeping beneath the surface of a cool, clear lake.

Deena sat down on the edge of the couch, her hip resting against her lover’s forearm. She gently ran the back of her hand across the woman’s face, tracing the edge of her jawline from chin to ear and back again. She brushed her lover’s lips with the tip of her thumb, admiring how soft and full they were like she’d done so many times before.

Leaning in close, Deena whispered into the sleeping beauty’s ear. “Cassidy. Cassidy. Oh, my lovely Cassidy. Wake up, sweetheart.”

Cassidy’s eyes fluttered open and she looked up at her fiancée. A sleepy smile graced her face as she reached up with her hand to brush aside a few stray hairs that had fallen across Deena’s forehead.

“When did you get home?” Cassidy mumbled through the veil of a half-remembered dream. A small yawn escaped her parted lips and she wriggled a bit, working out a small kink in her back. Deena wrapped an arm around Cassidy’s waist and helped her to sit up.

“Just a minute ago,” Deena replied. “How long have you been asleep out here?”

“I don’t know. What time is it?”

“Ten,” Deena said, after a glance at the clock on the wall..

“Not that long, then. I started watching that doctor show you like, and it comes on at nine. I know I was awake through the first commercial break at least.”

Deena had to chuckle at that. In their circle of friends, Cassidy was infamous for being the one who was always the most excited to watch some new movie or popular TV show, but would inevitably fall asleep about fifteen or twenty minutes in. Every time, without fail. The girl could party until the crack of dawn and still be going strong, but put her in a quiet room and turn down the lights, and she was gone.

The two women gazed into each other’s eyes for a moment, then simultaneously leaned in for a kiss. Their mouths met, and the electricity that they felt with every kiss passed between them. A small moan escaped from Cassidy’s lips, a louder one from Deena’s. They both laughed, knowing full well what those moans meant.

“Take me to bed,” Cassidy whispered.

Standing up, Deena pulled Cassidy to her feet an instant later. The two lovers each wrapped an arm around the other, then headed to the bedroom, exchanging kisses and helping each other out of their clothes along the way.

That was when Kim’s cell phone fell out of Deena’s pants pocket.

God damn it! Deena thought, gritting her teeth. In her haste to leave the hospital, she’d neglected to return Ms. Connors’ phone to her.

“What’s that?” Cassidy asked.

“It’s a phone that belongs to a woman I helped today. The emergency I texted you about earlier. I can’t believe I forgot to give it back to her!”

“Oh, right. How did that turn out, the emergency?”

“I’ll tell you all about it, but first I need to make a call.”

“Right now?”

“Yeah. I’m sorry, babe, but I probably shouldn’t let this wait.”

By this time, they were in the bedroom, much of their clothing already shed. Deena was still wearing her underwear and socks, while Cassidy had managed to strip down to just her bikini bottoms.

Deena sat down at the end of the bed, absently noticing that Cassidy hadn’t bothered to make it up. Well, whatever, we’re just gonna be messing it up again in a few minutes. She unlocked the phone, using the password little Katie had given her earlier: 0-1-2-3-1-4, the child’s birthday. A quick shiver ran through her as she remembered Katie’s sweet face. Shaking her head to clear it, Deena dialed Rachel’s phone. The call connected after just one ring.

“Hello?” Rachel said.

“Hello, Mrs. Hayes. It’s Officer Dean. Um, from earlier tonight?”

“Oh, hello. What a nice surprise. Hang on, I’m gonna put you on speaker.” There was a light fumbling sound, then, “Girls. Say hello to Officer Dean.”

The phone immediately erupted into a cacophony of sound, the little girls shouting hellos to their new friend.

“So, what can I do for you, officer?” Rachel asked.

“Well, it’s not so much what you can do as what I forgot to do. You see, I’m calling you right now using your sister’s phone because, well, I forgot to give it back to her. I was going to stick it into her purse at the hospital, but then in all the commotion, it slipped my mind. I just got home a few minutes ago and realized I still had it on me.”

“Oh, that’s no problem. We can come by the station tomorrow to get it.”

“I’m sorry, but I’m not on duty tomorrow. I was hoping I could swing by the house sometime tomorrow morning and drop it off if that’s okay.”

Of course, it would have been no problem at all for Deena to drop the phone off at the station, but it had just occurred to her that she now had a good excuse to see little Katie and her equally adorable cousin Emily again.

Glancing up at Cassidy, Deena saw that her partner was attempting her best striptease with what little clothing she had left. She had both thumbs looped into the waistband of her bikini bottoms, pulling the front panel slightly away from her body and up, causing the material to wedge snugly against her plump pussy lips, creating a delectable looking camel toe. At the same time, Deena could hear the giggles of the two little girls over the phone. The juxtaposition of visual and auditory stimulation caused her to release an audible groan. Fuck, she was turned on.

Either Rachel hadn’t heard the groan or she paid it no mind. “That might be a bit of a problem. You see, Kim’s CT scan came back negative tonight, so the doctor said he’ll most likely be discharging her tomorrow around 10 AM.”

“That’s wonderful news,” Deena replied.

“But we won’t be around the house for you to be able to stop by.”

That’s when Katie chimed in, “What if she comes by after we get home from the hospital, Aunt Rachel? It’s not like Mommy needs her phone for anything before then anyway.”

“Oh, Katie, you’re a genius. Why didn’t I think of that?” Rachel said. If Deena had been on the other end of the call, she would have seen Katie shrug her shoulders and give her aunt a look that said, I don’t know. You’re the adult here. Why didn’t you think of it?

“Yeah, okay,” Rachel continued, “so we’ll give you a call on Kim’s phone when we get home from the hospital tomorrow.”

“Sure,” Deena said. “I’ll be waiting.”

“Well, thanks again for everything, Officer Dean. Say goodbye, girls.” Another cacophony of sound nearly broke Deena’s eardrum but made her smile nonetheless.

“Bye.” Deena said just before the line disconnected. She looked up at Cassidy who was still dancing, her body swaying back and forth to some beat that only she could hear.

“Okay, you have to tell me what that was all about,” Cassidy said.

“I will,” said Deena. “But first I need you to come over here.” Rising to her feet, she held her arms out, and Cassidy immediately jumped into them. The two women spun each other around the room, lustfully kissing. The rest of Deena’s clothes were on the floor in a few heartbeats, and Cassidy was about to shed her last bit when Deena stopped her.

“No,” she said. “I’m gonna peel those off you with my teeth.”

With that Deena spun the smaller woman around in an almost perfect pirouette, before pushing her backward onto the bed, Cassidy giggling all the while. Deena pounced on top of her and they resumed their heated kissing, wet smacking sounds echoing through the bedroom. Deena and Cassidy’s breasts were pressed together and their erect nipples circled around each other’s driving the lovers to even greater heights of arousal.

Deena began to slowly slip her way down the bed, planting sweet soft kisses all along her lover’s neck, collarbone, her chest, her breasts, pausing to pay close attention to each nipple. She moved down further to Cassidy’s abdomen, kissing all around her belly, lightly probing the belly button with an eager tongue. Then her teeth found their goal, firmly clenching the waistband of Cassidy’s bikini. She gave a quick tug upwards, causing the silky material to rub against her lover’s most sensitive spot.

Cassidy felt the soft caress across her clit, a small moan escaping her lips. “Oh fuck, yes,” she said in a raspy whisper, just barely loud enough for Deena to hear.

Deena knew that Cassidy was badly in need of some serious attention. Normally she would tease her partner for a bit with light probing, quick licks, maybe alternating between blowing or breathing on her exposed sex, but tonight was different. Both women had been denied pleasure on the previous night, and each had been through a day that tested her patience. Deena wanted to ravage Cassidy just as badly as Cassidy longed for her to do it. There would be no hesitation, not this time.

Deena tore the garment down and off Cassidy’s legs, tossing the thin piece of fabric over her shoulder. She feasted her eyes on the beautiful woman lying beneath her, on her open and dripping pussy, then dove right in, furiously licking all around the entirety of Cassidy’s vulva.

Bringing her right hand down to her lover’s dripping cunt, Deena quickly inserted two fingers, sliding them all the way to the third knuckle in one fluid motion. This elicited a scream from Cassidy, who then began to rant like a woman possessed.

“Oh fuck. God, yes. Fuck me. Fuck me. Do it harder. Uh, uh, uh, uh, unhhh, oh GOD. Don’t stop, don’t you dare stop fucking my dirty pussy. I’ll n-never forgive you if you stop. Oh fuck, YES. FUUUUUUUCK!”

By then, Deena had brought her other hand to her own oozing hole. She dipped her finger in and pulled it out, a thick line of her honey falling onto the sheets below. The amount that stayed on her finger was quickly and vigorously applied to her own aching clit. All the while, she continued to pleasure Cassidy, sucking at her sweet nub, driving two fingers over and over and over again into the young woman’s juicy cunt.

Still caught up in rapture, Cassidy babbled on. “Please don’t stop. Oh, please don’t stop. Oh god yes. Yes! Oh shit, baby. Oh, fuck yes. I’m g-gonna come. Yes, yes, yes, eat my fuckin’ cunt! Fuck me, baby. OH GOD, YESSSSSS!”

Deena felt an absolute torrent of juices explode onto her face. Cassidy didn’t normally squirt, but was capable of it, and had done it a few times when the lovemaking was especially intense. Never like this, though. Gulping down as much as she could, Deena wiped her face, then brought the wet hand to her mouth, purring with pleasure as she licked each finger.

Cassidy lay limp and glazed with sweat, recovering from what might have been the biggest orgasm of her life. Her thoughts were jumbled, but she was enraptured by the pleasure she’d just been given. Deena had always been a fantastic lover, even from their very first time together, but this was a whole new level.

As Deena collapsed down onto the bed next to her, Cassidy brought both hands up to her face and covered herself while she burst out laughing. At that instant, there was nothing else she could do. She was absolutely, totally, completely happy, and thoroughly satisfied. I’ve never been fucked like that, she told herself. And she wanted more, only not just yet. She tried to calm herself, but couldn’t stop quivering and laughing.

The two women lay side by side for several minutes, relaxing in the afterglow, Cassidy still occasionally giggling through her hands, much to her embarrassment. Eventually she managed to calm herself enough to uncover her face, open her eyes, and turn to face her lover. One glimpse of Deena’s face was enough to have Cassidy shrieking with laughter all over again. Deena was lying on her side, her cheek resting in the upturned palm of her hand.

“Oh my God, baby, I’m so sorry. You look like you got blasted with a f-firehose!” Another burst of helpless laughter.

“I pretty much was,” Deena said. Grasping Cassidy’s chin, Deena tilted her head back, so she could gaze deep into her lover’s eyes. “And it was fucking awesome.” She crushed her mouth into Cassidy’s in a hard, demanding kiss. Cassidy tensed briefly, then relaxed, allowing herself to be taken, moaning as Deena tongue-fucked her.

After a minute they broke the kiss, both women gasping for breath. Cassidy hopped on top of Deena, straddling her midsection, then leaned down to lick her lover’s face, neck and chest.

“Fuck. My cum tastes sooooo good,” Cassidy cried. “Especially when it’s all over you, babe.” She continued to lick the juices from Deena’s upper half, but soon noticed that Deena’s arm had snaked down between her legs and that she was masturbating while watching Cassidy play.

Cassidy pushed herself back up so that she was kneeling astride Deena’s legs. Reaching down, she snatched Deena’s hand away and brought it up to her own mouth. She took three wet fingers between her lips and sucked them, savoring the flavor of Deena’s pussy.

“You taste good, too.” She licked the remaining few traces of nectar from her lover’s fingers. “I want more.”

Deena sat up and kissed Cassidy again, just long enough to get a taste of her own pussy on her tongue. Grasping the smaller woman by her shoulders, Deena threw her down onto the bed, reversing their positions so that now she was on top, straddling Cassidy.

“Oh yeah, baby. You know I like it when you do that, throw me around like a rag doll.” Cassidy moaned.

Deena knelt above her lover, feeling the heat of her own pussy, yearning to have it be pleasured.

“I need to ask you to do something for me,” Deena said. “It’s kinda wild, but think you’ll like it.”

“Anything for you,” Cassidy replied, her fingertips painting lovely patterns on Deena’s ass.

Deena smiled down at Cassidy. “You know that little girl voice you do?”

Cassidy immediately raised her pitch an octave and added a slight but noticeable lisp. “You mean this?”

“Yes. Yes, that one.” Deena scooted forward a bit so that her pussy was now rubbing against Cassidy’s breasts. “I need you to do that voice for me now. Call me Officer Dean and — and beg me to sit on your face.”

Reaching up to the sides of her head, Cassidy took hold of two handfuls of hair, which she encircled with fingers and thumbs to give herself a couple of makeshift pigtails. She opened her eyes wide, jutted her bottom lip out a bit, then in her best childish voice, said, “Oh please, Officer Dean, I didn’t mean it. It was an accident. I didn’t mean for my firehose to squirt you in the face. Oh please miss, I’ll do anything. Just don’t tell my mommy. She’ll be so mad… she’ll spank my bottom!”

Deena was already rubbing her clit; slow circles at first, getting faster with each rotation. She imagined it was little Katie she was straddling, the child’s body deliciously bare.

Her eyes closed, Deena drifted deeper into the fantasy as Cassidy continued to entreat her in the childish voice. “Oh please, Officer Dean. I’m sorry. I c-couldn’t help it. I’m just a little girl. I’ll do anything to make you happy again.”

Looking up at Deena, Cassidy saw that her eyes were glazed over with lust. Whatever fantasy was unfolding in Deena’s head was about to be acted out on her. Of course, she wasn’t yet aware of little Katie and her equally adorable cousin Emily, but Cassidy did know of her lover’s interest in young girls because she had similar desires of her own.

They had engaged in age play many times, with one or both of them pretending to be young girls — but for some reason, the game felt different tonight. Deena seemed to be caught up in the illicit fantasy like never before.

“You will make me happy, you naughty little girl,” she was saying. “You’re going to eat my pussy, and you’re going to do it now. And if you do a good job, maybe I won’t tell your mother what you did.”

Cassidy frowned. “Huh? I don’t know what you mean. What’s a pussy?”

Getting up on her knees, Deena used two fingers to spread open her pussy, just inches from Cassidy’s lips. “This. This right here is a pussy.” Her sex was gleaming with wetness. “Now beg me to let you lick it, beg me to sit on your face.”

Cassidy moistened her lips. “Please, Officer Dean, let me eat your pussy. Please sit on my face. Pretty pleeeeeease?” She paused, her mouth open and waiting.

Lowering her hips, Deena pressed the juicy flesh of her sex into Cassidy’s face. She ground herself against her lover’s hot, sucking mouth, rocking back and forth, increasing her speed and fervor, a warm tongue snaking around her throbbing clit and dripping hole.

Cassidy didn’t pause in her licking, though she did start to laugh deliriously, her joy much too powerful to contain. Deena reached behind and slapped the side of Cassidy’s breast hard, but not enough to hurt.

“Bad girl!” Deena ground her pussy hard onto Cassidy’s mouth and wagging tongue. She then raised herself just long enough to say, “No laughing. Not now, not ever. Do you understand me, little girl?”

Looking away, Cassidy made a mournful face and pretended to cry. “Y-yes, I understand.” She let out a fake sob and then turned back to Deena and stared directly into her lover’s eyes, her lower lip trembling, and said, “ You’re a mean old lady.” Then, with a wink, Cassidy slipped back into her normal voice, “And you’re a fucking criminal.”

Growling with pure lust, Deena slammed her open cunt back down onto Cassidy’s face and started to ride with a fury she never knew she possessed. After a couple of minutes Deena knew that Cassidy had to be short of breath, but she was too caught up in the raw heat of the moment to even slow down, much less stop.

At one point, Deena had slid forward enough to feel the tip of her lover’s nose slip into the outermost part of her vagina. It felt nice, but Deena wanted more. “Put your tongue in me, baby!” she gasped. “Push it deep into my hole.”

Cassidy gripped Deena’s ass to steady herself, then thrust her tongue as far into Deena’s pussy it could go — nearly two inches, she estimated.

Deena continued to work her hips, riding Cassidy’s mouth for almost another three minutes. As she began to sense her approaching climax, Deena felt her legs tremble beneath her, and keeping her balance grew increasingly difficult.

Cassidy gave her lover a couple of quick swats to the ass and then helped steady Deena’s body as she continued her frenzied licking. She was laser-focused on her task, with only two objectives in mind. The first was making sure Deena had the best orgasm of her life, just like she’d had earlier. The second was to be the recipient of a mouthful of creamy cum.

Tilting forward, Deena withdrew her sex from the reach of Cassidy’s tongue and looked down into her lover’s eyes. “Fuck, yes! You are doing such a good job, little girl.”

Deena then resumed grinding her clitoris against the younger woman’s chin, lips, and nose. She was getting close now. Time to take it all the way, time to have Cassidy bring her over the top.

“Listen up, little girl,” Deena panted. “If you can get me off in the next sixty seconds, I promise not to tell your mother all the bad things you did.”

In addition to Deena’s thing for little girls, Cassidy was also aware of her lover’s other fetish. Incest. She knew that Deena found the idea of a mother making love to her daughter just as hot and dirty as sex with a young girl. An idea suddenly occurred to Cassidy that was impossible to resist, so she went with it.

Cassidy gave Deena a hard shove, causing the bigger woman to tumble backward off the bed. They both immediately got up — Cassidy kneeling on the bed, Deena standing at the foot.

“What the actual fuck?” raged Deena.

Cassidy made a pouty face, pretending to cry again. “I was right. You are a mean old lady. You — you said you were gonna tell my mommy how bad I was, b-but then you said you wouldn’t.”

Deena looked Cassidy up and down. What the fuck is she up to? Cassidy delighted in the look of utter confusion on Deena’s face.

“Don’t you get it, you silly bitch?” Cassidy said, still speaking in her childish register. “I want you to tell my mommy. I want her to grind her dirty cunt into my pretty little face, just like you did. I want her to punish me, too.”

Suddenly, Deena’s body started to shake. An image flashed in her mind, one of pretty little Katie and her equally pretty mother Kim kissing passionately. Just like that, she was coming, massive spasms of ecstasy shaking her helpless frame. Her vision went blurry, she lost her balance and fell to the floor where she stood. She imagined the lovely Rachel and her adorable daughter Emily in a sixty-nine, each feasting lustfully on the other, moaning and begging for release in between licks.

Deena’s body continued to convulse for nearly a minute. Cassidy perched herself on the foot of the bed, looking down at her lover, watching her go through the rise and descent of her earth-shattering orgasm.

Eventually, a dazed Deena opened her eyes, gazing up into the face of an angel. “Um…w-w-what just happened?” she asked.

“I think I made you come, just by talking,” Cassidy said, then giggled.

“Yeah… you sure did.”

Cassidy held out her arms. “C’mere, you.”

Struggling to her knees, Deena crawled up onto the bed. The two women laid down side by side and embraced, their arms and legs entwined. They were silent for several minutes, each giving the other an occasional kiss on the lips or the cheek or the forehead, sometimes exchanging contented smiles, and staring into each other’s eyes.

Cassidy finally broke the silence. “I’m sorry I pushed you so hard, babe. I didn’t think you’d fall off the bed.”

With a chuckle, Deena leaned in and gave Cassidy a very tender kiss on her lips. “No, my love, don’t apologize. It was perfect.” She gazed at her lover thoughtfully for a few moments more, then added, “How do you do that? How do you always know the exact right thing to say or do?”

Cassidy drew Deena’s hands up close to her and kissed them tenderly. “You know how I do it,” she said.

“You mean you…” A look of concern crossed Deena’s face.

“No. No, of course not. I promised you that I would never do that.”

“So how, then?”

“The same way you do it, babe.” She nuzzled Deena’s hands again. “Because you’re my best friend. You’re my true love. You’re my soulmate. And I’m yours. The day we met, I knew you were the one. I felt it here.” Cassidy reached out and touched Deena’s chest, feeling the thumping beneath her breast. “And I know you felt it, too.”

Deena blinked and a small tear escaped, rolling down her cheek. “I did. Love at first sight.”

They embraced, overwhelmed by their shared love. It was a magical feeling, even better than the orgasms they’d just enjoyed. The highs of physical pleasure were wonderful, but temporary. Their love was an eternal, infinite thing. Greater than space or time or all the energy of all the countless stars in the heavens. And it belonged only to them.

***

Part 2 – Awakening

It was the buzzing that woke her up. That constant drone in the back of her skull. It was usually so quiet that she hardly ever noticed, but on this night, it had awakened her.

She glanced over at the sleeping form of her lover, pleased to see a small smile gracing the woman’s serene face. Leaning over, she gently kissed her forehead, then turned to peer at the digital readout of the clock on her nightstand. 4:38 AM. She knew her lover wouldn’t wake up for another couple of hours at least, and thought it best to let her sleep.

Abruptly throwing her legs over the side of the bed, she stood up. The hint of moonlight that spilled into the room through the partially open window was enough for her to see by, and from there she noticed herself reflected in the tall dressing mirror in the corner of the room. She walked over to it and studied herself. Slightly tanned skin. Large breasts with small pink nipples. Long blonde hair. Wide hips and a curvaceous ass. Soft lips the color of rose petals. Blue eyes, deep as the sky, clear as the reflection in a mountain lake. She stared into those eyes and started counting down from ten.

“Ten,” she whispered.

“Nine.” The buzzing in her head raised in pitch.

“Eight.” She could feel a heat rising from her chest.

“Seven.” Her vision began to narrow.

“Six.” The buzzing was louder now, like a swarm of angry wasps.

“Five.” A feverish sensation gripped her and she started sweating.

“Four.” The room seemed to shake where she stood, but her eyes maintained their hard, sharp focus.

“Three.” The buzz was now a singular high-frequency tone reverberating through her.

“Two.” It felt as though her body was on fire.

“One.” She closed her eyes… and that was when she saw her for the first time.

Across town, Katie Connors awoke in a cold sweat and immediately sat up, her heart pounding wildly. She’d dreamed of a woman, one whose face she couldn’t see. She thought of Deena, but knew somehow that it wasn’t her.

Lying back down and resting her head upon her pillow she stared out the window. The moon overhead shone brightly. Katie shivered, closed her eyes and fell back to sleep.

On to Chapter 3!

Ice and Fire, Part Three

  • Posted on November 20, 2020 at 3:07 pm

By No One

(If you missed anything, you can go back to Part One.)

 

Sabrina was smiling as she unlocked the door, letting them both into the house. Clearly, she’d had no doubt that Riley would accept the invitation. “You want anything to drink?” she offered.

“Um, just water, maybe.”

“Sure. Be right back.”

Sabrina went off in the direction of what Riley assumed was the kitchen, leaving her to take a look around the living room. It was elegantly furnished, with a big, comfy-looking couch, and the largest TV she’d ever seen outside a store. But what really grabbed her attention was the substantial bookshelf.

There were boring-looking business books, and literary classics that appeared to be in pristine condition, possibly unread. Then she found the shelf that had to be Sabrina’s. It held many of the books they had talked about earlier, and some others that Riley thought she might want to borrow. To the side, there was a picture frame that contained a photo of Sabrina, maybe a couple years younger, next to a red-haired girl about the same age.

“Here you go,” Sabrina said, walking into the living room with two glasses of water and handing one to Riley.

“Thanks. Who’s this?” Riley nodded at the picture, then took a sip from her glass.

“Oh. Um, that’s Eva. We were… friends for a while but then, y’know, I had to move away.” There was bitterness in her voice, and Riley was unsure whether to pursue the matter, but she was also curious. The way Sabrina had said “friends,” and that slight hesitation… She had to ask.

“Close friends, huh?” Riley arched an eyebrow slightly, but tried to keep her tone neutral.

Sabrina gave her a look, then the hint of a smile. “Fine. If you wanna know, she’s the first girl I fooled around with.”

“Oh, right. I had a hunch that might be it.” Riley wasn’t sure how to feel about that. The girl was pretty enough, she supposed—certainly prettier than she was.. Should she be jealous? That seemed pointless, but she couldn’t help feeling a touch of envy. “That was where you lived before? I thought—”

“Nah. That was the town before last.”

“Oh.” Riley turned that around in her head as they moved over to the couch and took a seat. “Wait, how old were you?”

Sabrina flashed a sheepish smile. “Um, 11.”

“Wow, really? You were fooling around like… kissing?” They couldn’t have done much more at that age, right?

Sabrina chuckled. “Yeah… all sorts of kissing.” She brought two fingers to her mouth, poked her tongue between them.

Riley’s eyes went wide. “W-what? At 11?” she exclaimed. Was Sabrina pulling her leg? She did seem awfully amused by Riley’s reaction. “For real? Jeez, Sabrina…”

“Well, what?” Sabrina shrugged nonchalantly. “We experimented a bunch… and figured some stuff out, y’know? Might also have done some ‘research’ on the Internet. Made some fun discoveries.”

Riley shook her head in disbelief, but couldn’t help laughing. “Sounds like it. Wow.” She had no idea what to make of it. Two preteens doing that to each other certainly qualified as some heavy experimentation. She couldn’t help wondering what it felt like. Maybe she was a little jealous of that Eva girl, after all.

She was beginning to feel a little out of her depth, too. It sounded like Sabrina had a lot more experience than she did—which wasn’t too difficult, admittedly, especially concerning girls. And that was years ago, what kinds of things had she done since then? “And you said… she was the first girl you fooled around with?”

“Oh. Well, first and only.” Sabrina grinned and winked at Riley. “For now.”

Riley fanned herself exaggeratedly to mask her embarrassment. “Is it getting hot in here?” she asked, making Sabrina laugh. She was certain she was blushing brightly, but the warmth was also spreading much lower. She wasn’t sure at all that she was ready for anything like what Sabrina might have in mind right then, but her body clearly didn’t find the idea unappealing, and she didn’t know how to feel about that.

She glanced around for something to move the conversation in a different, safer direction. Eyeing the picture on the shelf again, she thought of something she’d noticed earlier. “So… I guess you do really have a type,” she said, toying with a strand of her red hair.

Sabrina laughed and shrugged helplessly. “Well, what can I say, I do like redheads. Dunno if that’s because of her… but hey, look.” She scooched closer, looking into Riley’s eyes, serious now. “I’m not trying to replace her or anything. I like you for you.”

“O-okay.” That gaze, icy blue yet smoldering with fire, was going to be trouble, Riley thought. It made her feel like going along with anything Sabrina wanted.

That’s not to say that she didn’t have her own desires, though. And right now, she was feeling increasingly hungry for another kiss. Now that they had privacy and could take their time—not to mention, now that she was more than a little turned on—the prospect of kissing with Sabrina seemed more appealing than ever.

Luckily, Sabrina seemed to be on the same wavelength. They didn’t spend long gazing at each other before their lips met, and it didn’t take long after that for the kiss to grow increasingly heated. Now that there was no need to be conscious of her surroundings, she truly lost herself in the experience, allowing that warm, soft mouth to become her entire world.

There was something so wonderfully intoxicating about the movement of Sabrina’s lips against hers. Was this what it always felt like kissing a girl? Or was it just this particular girl? Whatever the case, Riley loved every second of it.

They paused only for an instant to steal a quick breath, then were back at it. This time, Riley felt Sabrina’s tongue playfully teasing her lips. She was surprised for a second, but didn’t hesitate, inviting her partner into her mouth. Their tongues danced and tangled, pushing the fiery kiss to even more exhilarating heights.

Riley couldn’t get enough. She was making out for the first time with another girl, and she couldn’t get enough. With the hottest girl in school, no less. Maybe the hottest, most wonderful girl anywhere.

Her body was responding, too. She could feel her nipples stiffen against the fabric of her bra, her panties growing increasingly damp. That ought to have been embarrassing, but she couldn’t make herself care at that moment. Riley welcomed the sensations, let them overwhelm her. She didn’t think she’d ever been so excited.

When they finally broke the kiss, Riley was out of breath. “Phew… Wow.” She took a big gulp from her glass of water, trying to cool down. It didn’t help much.

Sabrina watched her, grinning, clearly pleased with the effect she’d had. “See stars yet? I told you it got better,” she said, to which Riley could only nod. “So… what about you? Any… exes? Any boy I need to watch out for?” Making a fist, she thumped her other hand with it.

Riley laughed. “Nah. I’ve only had one boyfriend before and… it wasn’t all that.”

Sabrina smirked. “Of course it wasn’t. Who was that? A guy from school?”

“Oh, uh, you probably don’t know him… Lucas Davis.” Sabrina only gave a blank look, so Riley reluctantly added, “Um, he’s a year younger.”

“You like younger boys?” Sabrina was side-eyeing her now.

“It’s not like that! It’s just… it’s a whole thing.” She could tell from Sabrina’s expression that the girl wasn’t going to let her get away without an explanation, so she sighed and continued. “I kinda have… um, had… a crush on his older brother Jake. Long story, but okay, when I was like 10, there was this special activity day or whatever where we went to visit the high school—I dunno, to inspire us about education or something, I guess?—and everyone was paired with a high school student to show them around and explain and stuff. So yeah, mine was Jake, and he was very nice, and charming, and, well, cute… I mean, he didn’t do anything weird, of course. But still, y’know, I kinda carried a torch for him, as they say. Um, for a few years, actually…”

Sabrina looked amused. “I see. And so… you couldn’t have him, so you dated the little brother instead?”

Riley sighed. This again. She got enough shit about it from Mike. But still, if she was being honest… “I mean… I didn’t see it like that at the time but… maybe.”

“Well, I think that little infatuation blinded you to… better options.”

Riley chuckled. Her heart still aflutter from making out with Sabrina, she really couldn’t tell why she’d ever been so obsessed with Jake. “Yeah, the thought recently crossed my mind, too…”

Sabrina nodded, as if that was the obvious conclusion. “So, how far did you go with this Lucas?”

Riley gave her a look. “You want to know about boys?”

“I want to know about you.”

Smooth line, Riley had to admit. “Um, we didn’t do that much. Well, some. Like, y’know, hand stuff. Okay, I um, jacked him off the one time. Which was… I mean, he liked it. But I guess it was kinda fun. Except when he, y’know,”—she gestured—”all over my hand. That was pretty gross.”

“Boys are disgusting,” Sabrina agreed, taking Riley’s hand and giving it a sympathetic squeeze. “And did he return the favor?”

“Um, he… tried.”

Sabrina snorted. “That doesn’t sound good.”

“He just… Ugh, God. Like, he stuck his hand into my panties and kinda moved around, but he didn’t really know what to do. To be fair to him, I wasn’t helping, ‘cause I was too shy or embarrassed to tell him what to do. But it really wasn’t doing much for me, and it was getting super awkward, so… in the end, I, um, I kinda pretended that I’d already come so he would stop.”

“Oh my God!” Sabrina was doubled over laughing. “You faked an orgasm your first time fooling around?”

“It’s not that funny,” Riley protested. Though, in hindsight, it kind of was. “I just wanted it to be over, so, you know. Anyway, after that, things didn’t really last. He wanted to do it again, and I wasn’t too into it, and it got awkward and annoying and… well, whatever, I broke it off. Maybe I was a bit unfair, since—”

“Oh, no no, screw him,” Sabrina murmured, that irresistible look in her eyes again. “You have better things to do.”

Already drawing closer to the girl, Riley had to agree. “Yeah.”

She kissed Sabrina, then things quickly intensified until they were kissing passionately, their tongues in each other’s mouth again. Sabrina was right; with just a kiss, Riley was in heaven, overwhelmed by emotions far beyond what she’d ever felt for any boy.

Sabrina broke the kiss—but before Riley could complain, the girl began nuzzling and kissing Riley’s neck, making her shiver deliciously.

“Oooh, that’s—ah!—really nice,” Riley sighed, losing herself in the silken caress of Sabrina’s mouth.

“You know,” Sabrina began, her lips brushing Riley’s ear, “I can guarantee that you wouldn’t need to fake anything with me…”

Eyes wide, Riley turned to the other girl. “Wow. Okay. Not wasting any time, huh? I… thought you were gonna behave…”

“I said if you wanted me to…” Sabrina smiled sweetly. “Do you want me to?”

God, what a question. Things were speeding out of control in a hurry. One thing for certain: Riley didn’t want to stop kissing Sabrina, not at all. And those kisses were driving her frantic with desire, making her want even more of what the girl had to give.

But just how far was she willing to go… and how far was Sabrina ready to take her? Gazing into those blue eyes, Riley shivered as she realized that her new friend was more than ready to end their date with an hour or two of hot, sweaty lesbian sex.

But that was one hell of a big step for Riley, especially on the first date. “Uh, I… um.” she began, then fell silent — unable to say what she wanted, struggling to figure it out.

“You’re so cute,” Sabrina said, then those soft lips were caressing Riley’s neck again, which didn’t help her to think any more clearly. Who knew that getting kissed on the neck could feel so amazing?

Dad had warned her not to let Sabrina push her into anything she wasn’t comfortable with. Right then, Riley felt anything but comfortable… but still, she wasn’t sure at all that she wanted Sabrina to stop, either.

“It’s up to you,” Sabrina was saying between kisses. “Really, it’s cool if you wanna wait.” She flicked Riley’s earlobe with her tongue.

Oh, God!” Riley gasped. Another surprisingly titillating spot that she hadn’t known about.

“Just saying, though,” Sabrina whispered, “I’d make you come so fucking hard.”

Heart pounding like a jackhammer, Riley turned to stare at the grinning girl. What had happened to the Sabrina who’d been so timid about asking her out a few days ago? The one with her now looked more like the Cheshire Cat. Still breathtakingly hot, though, with that sexy gaze that made Riley melt inside. They should probably take things slow, yeah, but every nerve in Riley’s body was screaming for attention and… God, yes, she did want this goddess of a girl to make her come.

Struggling to appear less nervous than she was, Riley gave two quick nods.

“Yeah?” Sabrina actually looked a little surprised. “You sure?”

“No, probably not… so hurry, before I change my mind.”

Her smile widening, Sabrina swiftly drew Riley into another deep, passionate French kiss. This time, her hands didn’t remain idle, though. She began by caressing Riley’s cheek as they kissed, but soon one hand trailed down to her chest, cupping one breast, playing with the rapidly stiffening nipple through her shirt.

Riley gasped into the kiss. Sabrina’s touch was sending a thrilling jolt straight down to her sex. She’d played with her breasts before while masturbating, but it had never felt quite like this.

Sabrina didn’t linger there, though. Before long, her hand continued downward, slowly moving across Riley’s belly as if to build anticipation. And it was working. Riley had trouble concentrating on the kiss, her mind entirely focused on those fingers, inching closer and closer to their goal. Then Sabrina was cupping Riley’s sex through her jeans, squeezing it a little.

A loud moan pushed its way past Riley’s lips, causing her to abandon their kiss. How could that quick touch through her pants feel so good? It was already so much more intense than anything What’s-his-name had managed to do for her.

Not wasting any time, Sabrina deftly undid the jeans’ button, then tugged down the zipper. Looking Riley straight in the eye, she slipped a hand beneath the waistband of her panties.

Riley inhaled sharply, hit by a jolt of pleasure that was even stronger than she’d expected—more like a thunderbolt, really–when Sabrina’s fingers brushed her slit. “Oh, God.”

Sabrina smiled knowingly, arching an amused eyebrow. Thankfully, she refrained from commenting on just how wet Riley was. Bet I could wring my panties out, Riley thought.

Sabrina’s fingers were busy exploring, spreading waves of pleasure with every little movement through the juicy folds of Riley’s pussy. “You like?” she purred.

Riley could only moan in response.

“I’ll take that as a yes, then.” Snuggling close, Sabrina returned to nuzzling Riley’s neck, sometimes licking or sucking on her earlobe, as her hand continued to work its wicked magic. Now that they were in the thick of it, she seemed to prefer taking her time, her fingers moving in a more leisurely way—sometimes sliding inside Riley, then pulling out, regularly brushing her clit but not focusing on it.

Riley wasn’t sure if it was just how excited she was, or due to Sabrina’s expertise, or a mix of both, or what, but God did it feel amazing. Nothing at all in common with the fumblings of Lucas, or even with Riley’s own forays into self-pleasure. Her breath getting increasingly shallow, she rode the waves as they churned and swelled inside her, cresting ever higher. Was she going to come already?

Before she could find out, Sabrina withdrew that talented hand from her panties. Confused and frustrated, Riley turned a reproachful gaze on the culprit. “Well, don’t stop now!”

Sabrina gave her an innocent Who, me? smile, then brought her hand to her mouth, slipped two fingers inside, and made a show of slowly sucking them clean. “Take off your pants,” was all she said.

Riley swallowed. Just a few seconds ago, she would have protested. There was no real need to take off her clothes, it was embarrassing and she’d been enjoying the proceedings just fine until then. But now, with an inkling of what Sabrina had in mind after that very suggestive display, she froze for only an instant, then obeyed without a word, first kicking off her sneakers, then lifting her butt up from the couch and pushing her jeans down and off.

Kneeling on the floor, Sabrina gently eased Riley’s legs apart. Without breaking eye contact, she began to slowly kiss her way up an inner thigh, sending delicious shivers up Riley’s spine. The kisses were getting juicier the higher she went, until she was licking at the edge of Riley’s panties.

Then she stopped, paused just long enough to flash one of those bad-girl smiles, then repeated the process on the other thigh. Once again, Sabrina allowed her tongue to explore tantalizingly close to the vulva, then abruptly pulled back, looking at Riley as if waiting for something.

“Oh my God, you’re such a tease!” Riley exclaimed, now beside herself with frustration.

Sabrina didn’t look bothered in the least. “What’s the magic word?” she sang, her eyes dancing with mischief.

“Seriously? Now?” Riley glared at the girl in utter disbelief. Really, though, what options did she have? Get dressed and go home, or dance to Sabrina’s tune. And that was no choice at all. “Fine!” she cried. “Pleas—”

Before Riley had even finished uttering the word—and before she knew what was happening—Sabrina had yanked the front of her panties to one side, then dove in, fastening her mouth to Riley’s opening,  her tongue darting inside.

The shock of sudden pleasure after all the anticipation and buildup drove all coherent thought from Riley’s mind. “Aaah! I— Oh, my— fuck!”

It felt amazing, Sabrina’s tongue skillfully dancing through the folds of Riley’s sex. How could something feel so good? Riley had often tried to imagine what it would feel like to have someone go down on her, but she’d seriously underestimated the magnitude of the real thing. Either that or Sabrina was just damn good at it, which would come as no surprise.

When she felt Sabrina pull away again, Riley had to beg, “Oh God, please, please don’t stop.”

“Don’t worry… I’m just taking these off,” Sabrina said, hooking her fingers in the waistband of Riley’s panties. There was a fire in her eyes that turned Riley to jelly inside.

Riley had never envisioned that she’d allow Sabrina to take off her panties on their first date, but now she was desperate to be out of them. She raised her ass so her undies could slide down and off, then sat back, her thighs spread wide apart, putting herself on display in the lewdest way. Right then, as turned on as she’d ever been, Riley loved the idea of being a dirty girl for Sabrina.

Thankfully, Sabrina wasted no time, putting her mouth back to work before Riley’s discarded panties could hit the floor. As she resumed her oral play, Sabrina used her hand to toy with the sparse tuft of red hair that adorned Riley’s vulva, occasionally dipping down to tease her clitoris. Meanwhile, Sabrina’s mouth was busy below, her skillful tongue alternately penetrating Riley and bathing her sex with long, lustful licks.

The part of Riley’s mind that wasn’t completely overwhelmed with pleasure was hypnotized by the live sex show taking place between her legs. Here was this amazingly gorgeous blonde—and God, somehow she got more attractive every time Riley looked at her!—down on her knees, nose buried in pubic hair, licking Riley’s pussy with abandon. Such a wanton sight, yet somehow beautiful, too. Riley was going mad with lust just from watching, especially when Sabrina turned those eyes up to meet hers.

Feeling self-conscious, despite knowing no one else was there to eavesdrop, Riley tried to stifle moans, but she just couldn’t keep quiet. Her cries grew louder and louder the longer Sabrina’s tongue worked its magic. If this was what lesbian sex normally felt like, she was hooked!

Sabrina began to focus solely on Riley’s clit, flicking it rapidly with her tongue, licking all around it, and adorning it with kisses, transforming those waves of pleasure into an approaching tsunami.

“Oh… my… God!” Riley wailed. She gripped the couch cushions with both hands, as if clinging for dear life. She’d thought the sensations were intense before, but now they were almost too much to bear. These feelings grew in mass, swelling, rapidly building into something too huge to touch, then that enormous wave came crashing down and she was swept away in a sea of bliss.

She was only vaguely aware of her body tensing, arching up from the couch as if she no longer had control of it. She might have screamed something unintelligible. In truth, it was hard to focus on any of it as her mind reveled in the best feeling in the world for what seemed like an eternity. Or at least, a lot longer than she would have expected. The tide of pleasure slowly receded, then faded into a beautiful emptiness.

As her senses gradually returned, Riley found herself breathing hard, blouse sticking to her sweaty skin, legs spread wide. “Holy shit,” she mumbled. Speaking, or moving at all, really, felt like a huge chore.

Sabrina popped into view, looking very pleased with herself. “So? Was I right, or what?”

She had to give credit where it was due. “God, you were so right. I… I don’t think I ever came so hard. You’re amazing.” Riley shook her head, trying to clear it a bit, then straightened up and closed her legs, suddenly aware of how slutty she must look. It was silly, sure, but she couldn’t keep from feeling a little embarrassed, now that she wasn’t blinded by lust.

Sabrina nodded graciously, as if she’d expected no less. Then without warning, she crawled up onto the couch and straddled Riley’s thighs. “And don’t you forget it,” she said with mock arrogance before swooping down to capture Riley’s mouth with her own.

The kiss revitalized Riley, pulling her out of her torpor. Soon, they were making out with renewed passion. Perhaps a little late, she realized that the tongue in her mouth had been licking her pussy just a minute ago, and felt a strange mix of distaste and arousal. There didn’t seem to be any weird flavor, though, so she put the former out of her mind. Before long, she found herself starting to like it.

God, Sabrina Taylor just ate me out, she thought, still dazed by the realization of it. Riley found herself getting excited all over again, and she intensified the ardor of her kisses. It wasn’t the easiest thing to do with her breath still somewhat ragged, and her glasses were all steamed up by the time they were done.

With a chuckle, Sabrina reached for Riley’s frames. “Want to take these off?”

“N-no.” Riley pushed her hand away. “Everything’s a blur without ‘em, and um… I want to see you clearly,” she admitted. It would be a shame to reduce Sabrina’s beauty to a mere smudge in her vision.

Sabrina smiled, striking a model-like pose. Then her expression turned mischievous, and she reached down to grasp the hem of her dress. “Wanna get an even better look?”

Riley swallowed hard as she pictured it. To see Sabrina naked. The wet dream of every straight boy at school, so casually offered to her. She wasn’t sure how it would make her feel, or what she’d do then… but there was only one way to find out. “Um, o-okay.”

In one smooth motion, Sabrina pulled her dress up and over her head, carelessly tossing it aside. She wore pink bikini-style panties underneath, but no bra, as Riley had guessed.

Her pulse racing, Riley drank in the view. Sabrina looked every bit as amazing out of her clothes as she did in them. Classic hourglass figure, flat belly, proud breasts, everything perfectly proportioned. B cup? C? Riley wasn’t an expert, but Sabrina’s tits were certainly bigger than hers.

She’d been half-afraid that she just wouldn’t feel aroused by the sight of Sabrina in the nude, which would be more than a little awkward in their current situation. After all, she’d never really seen the appeal of the female body before—not that she’d spent much time looking at naked girls. But now it seemed she didn’t need to worry about that. The sight of Sabrina’s charms laid bare was sending a delicious surge of warmth through Riley’s own body.

The girl was simply a work of art. A sexy work of art. Riley didn’t know if it was something about Sabrina herself, or if the girl had somehow awakened some latent desire in her, but… Whatever the reason, this naked body had her feeling anything but indifferent.

“Wow. You’re, like… perfect,” she said, feeling a flush of heat on her face. “I don’t know if I should be excited, or just jealous.”

Sabrina gently nudged Riley back against the couch, still astride her lap. “Excited, if you please,” she said, holding Riley’s gaze—though, with her breasts near eye-level, it took some effort. “Believe me, you have nothing to be jealous about.” She pressed forward, seeking another kiss.

Even as she welcomed Sabrina’s tongue into her mouth, Riley had to wonder if the girl was just a touch crazy. Nothing to be jealous about? Literally every single feature of Sabrina’s body was more attractive than hers. How could she not see that? Surely she could do much better than Riley. Any bi-curious girl at school would fall at her feet. Hell, she could probably seduce most straight girls.

Still, despite her feelings of insecurity, Riley had to concede that she was the one getting kissed by Sabrina right now, and she wasn’t about to complain about it. Perhaps Sabrina wasn’t like the guys Riley knew, who only cared about girls based on how “hot” they were. Sure would be nice to have someone who likes me for, well, me, Riley thought.

As they kissed, Riley’s hands instinctively moved to the small of Sabrina’s back. She’d touched her there before, but now the feel of soft, bare skin under her fingers made a world of difference. She began to caress Sabrina, running her hands up to the girl’s shoulder blades, then back down again, trailing over her sides. Her body was so smooth and silky, the scent of her skin positively intoxicating.

With her hands back at their starting point, she thought for a moment about sliding them lower still, onto Sabrina’s ass, then hesitated. In the end, Sabrina made the decision for her when she raised herself on her knees a little to push Riley into a deeper, more forceful kiss. Before she knew it, Riley found herself holding Sabrina’s butt. It felt nice and firm, and fit perfectly into her hands. She gave it a squeeze—that seemed like the right thing to do.

“Mmmm.” Sabrina finally pulled away, wearing a big smile.

Riley’s heart was racing again. That kiss had her head spinning, and touching Sabrina’s naked body at the same time made it all the more tantalizing. And now… actually, she wasn’t sure what was supposed to happen next.

Then, with a start, Riley realized that it was her turn to make Sabrina feel good. The girl was gazing down at her, still smiling, clearly waiting for Riley to make a move.

She studied Sabrina’s bare breasts, now mere inches from her face, and felt a sudden urge to touch them. Riley nervously moistened her lips, weighing the idea. Touching another girl’s boobs felt like a big step to take. Okay, that seemed a little silly after what had just happened, but still. Kissing was one thing, the obvious starting point. And of course, Sabrina had just gone down on her, which was huge, but Riley had only laid back and let herself be licked.

Now, to take an active role in the proceedings? Could she? Well, she couldn’t deny that those big tits were very alluring. At this point, why not? Sabrina certainly wouldn’t mind.

And so, Riley slowly ran one hand up Sabrina’s ribs until she could cup one tempting breast. It was soft but firm, perky. Sexy. She caressed the nipple with her thumb and it instantly stiffened, drawing a quick intake of breath from Sabrina.

Riley glanced up at her partner, offering a shy smile. She brought her other hand into play, then observed Sabrina’s reactions as she experimented with her boobs, squeezing, teasing, playing with the nipples. With each movement, Sabrina let out a little gasp or a soft moan.

Riley was enjoying this. A lot. Way more than she would have thought. Feeling up Sabrina was so sweet and sensual, and it fired her desire back to full intensity. She hoped she wasn’t leaving a puddle on the sofa cushion.

More than anything, she loved Sabrina’s response to her touch. The erotic sounds of pleasure, the look of lust on the girl’s beautiful face, the heady scent of womanly heat that perfumed the air, these were the things that turned Riley on the most. And she wanted more. With only an instant of hesitation, she leaned in closer and kissed one erect nipple, flicking it with her tongue.

A sharp hiss of pleasure was Sabrina’s immediate reaction. “Mmmm, Riley, yessss.”

Riley decided that she very much liked hearing a pretty girl moan her name. She did her best to please Sabrina even more, depositing kisses all over her breasts, licking the pert nipples, the underside of the tender globes, even between them, trailing her tongue through the girl’s cleavage. It tasted faintly salty from sweat, but wasn’t unpleasant—in fact, it was positively arousing, like sampling the flavor of Sabrina’s excitement.

The response was everything Riley hoped for and then some. Sabrina’s moans grew louder, her breath increasingly ragged. Riley wasn’t sure if it was conscious or not, but she felt Sabrina’s hips begin to move, undulating in her lap, the girl’s panties brushing against her belly. She could feel how wet Sabrina was, and it turned her on even more.

“I think I like these,” Riley said, grinning up at Sabrina, giving her boobs a final squeeze. She managed to admit it with only a remaining sliver of shyness.

“Mmmm, I’m real glad you do.” Bending down to steal a kiss, it was Sabrina’s turn to cop a feel through Riley’s blouse. “And what about you? Do I get to see, too?” she asked, biting her bottom lip, which—if such a thing was possible—made her look even sexier.

“Oh, err, mine aren’t really… that, uh, interesting,” Riley mumbled, suddenly ill at ease. There was no way her barely developed chest could compare to Sabrina’s flawless tits.

“Don’t be silly. Every single inch of you is lovely.” Sabrina kissed Riley again while undoing the buttons of her blouse.

Whether it was because she was dazzled by the compliment, distracted by the kiss, or just too hot and bothered to care, Riley let the girl undo her blouse and push it off her shoulders without breaking their kiss. She shrugged the top off completely as Sabrina’s hands came up to caress her bra-clad breasts, though it didn’t take long before they snaked around to undo the clasp and pull the bra off, leaving Riley completely naked.

That accomplished, Sabrina sat back to inspect the result of her mischief. Riley worried that she might see a hint of disappointment in Sabrina’s eyes, but somehow resisted the urge to cover her chest. In the end, though, all she saw in the other girl’s appreciative gaze was renewed desire and hunger. Riley let out a breath she didn’t realize she’d been holding.

“Mmmm, you’re so fucking sexy,” Sabrina purred.

And just like that, the distance between them evaporated, and they were kissing again, more aggressively than before. Their mouths were crushed together, tongues sparring, hands roaming freely. From time to time, one of them would take a break from kissing to put her mouth to work on the other’s breasts and nipples. All the while, Sabrina was rolling her hips, grinding her panty-clad sex against Riley’ groin. The position and angle weren’t quite right to generate maximum pleasure, but Riley was definitely enjoying the delicious sensations the contact was sending through her body. Sabrina was breathing hard, moaning with each thrust—erotic music that Riley couldn’t get enough of.

“Why don’t you take these off?” Riley said, tugging on the waistband of Sabrina’s panties. Even to her ears, her voice sounded husky, thick with desire.

“Now that’s a great idea.” Grinning wickedly, Sabrina put a hand on Riley’s shoulders for support and pushed herself up until she was standing on the couch. Hooking her thumbs into the waistband, she began swaying her hips, pushing her panties down inch by inch.

Riley stared, wide-eyed. She suddenly felt like she was at a strip show—a very in-your-face one, the action literally a foot from her head—but she couldn’t deny what a sexy spectacle it was. Her eyes were glued to Sabrina as those pink panties slowly came down, first revealing a small patch of light brown pubes—a few shades darker than the hair on the Sabrina’s head—then below, the delicate folds of the girl’s labia, hairless and glistening with excitement.

Does she shave? The question briefly popped into Riley’s mind, then was promptly forgotten. It was hard to focus on anything beyond her hunger for Sabrina, which was all-consuming at this point. She hardly recognized herself; so shy and uncertain at the beginning of the evening, and now… Her only wish was to make this impossibly sexy girl in front of her come like she never had before, to make her scream Riley’s name in ecstasy.

With surprising grace, Sabrina managed to keep her balance as she stepped out of her panties while standing on the sofa cushions. She began to lower herself back into Riley’s lap, no doubt intending to pick up right where they’d left off, but Riley had other plans. While grinding against Sabrina had been delightful, Riley now hungered for a more visceral approach. She gave the girl a gentle shove, causing her to tumble to the other side of the couch.

“Heeeey!” Sabrina tried for a reproachful look, but her laughter kind of ruined the effect.

Riley didn’t waste any time. She was an animal in heat, consumed by naked lust. Thrusting a hand between Sabrina’s thighs, she cupped the girl’s sex, feeling her soaked vulva. God, she was wet—though, to be fair, probably no wetter than Riley herself.

Sabrina’s amusement was abruptly transformed into ecstasy. “Oh God, fuck, yes!”

Riley leaned over to muffle her partner’s moans with a kiss, receiving an immediate and enthusiastic response. As their tongues mingled, she wriggled a finger into Sabrina. Juicy as the girl was, Riley was able to penetrate her with ease, so she decided to add a second finger. It was a slightly tighter fit but a comfortable one, and she began to slowly pump her fingers in and out.

It didn’t take long before Sabrina, now struggling to draw breath, had to break theIr kiss. “God, Riley…” she moaned, “that—Ah! That feels so good!”

Riley dipped down to shower affection on Sabrina’s breasts, licking all around the very stiff nipples, then playfully biting them—all the while delighting in her partner’s moans, in the salty taste of her skin, in the slick, fleshy warmth squeezing her fingers.

Before long Sabrina was moving her hips, pushing back against Riley’s hand on each thrust. Riley had kept her movements steady and careful, not wanting to hurt her partner, but if Sabrina wanted more force, she could certainly oblige.

Adjusting her position so she could drive even deeper, Riley began to finger Sabrina’s pussy with more vigor, plunging her fingers all the way in, then withdrawing almost completely before pressing forward again. She usually wasn’t this aggressive when doing it to herself, but there was something extremely exciting about penetrating Sabrina like this.

And the girl was obviously enjoying it, groaning loudly now. She was even using her feet—one on the couch, one on the floor—to raise her hips up from the cushion, meeting Riley’s movements with hard thrusts of her own. Locking her feverish eyes with Riley’s, she gasped, “Mmmm, yeah—do it. F-fuck me.”

The words inflamed Riley’s desire, whipped it into a raging inferno. Yes, she was fucking Sabrina. And it was the sexiest, most arousing, most beautiful thing imaginable. Without missing a stroke, she feasted her eyes on the mewling girl. Sabrina’s legs were splayed wide, her skin glistened with sweat, strands of hair were plastered to her forehead, her eyes rolled back in ecstasy. She was so damn sexy, maybe now more than ever. Had there really been a universe in which Riley wasn’t hot for Sabrina? The very idea seemed ridiculous.

It was a good thing no one else was home, because Sabrina’s cries kept getting louder and louder. Riley began to wonder if the neighbors might be a problem, but couldn’t make herself care. No, she wanted to make Sabrina scream the house down, to get more intimate with her. Wilder. More… dirty.

She eyed Sabrina’s pussy, nervously moistening her lips. Did she dare?

Before Riley had even made a conscious decision, she was moving, crouching between the girl’s legs, withdrawing those wet fingers from her sex.

Sabrina’s reaction was immediate. “Oh God, don’t stop!” she pleaded. Then, suddenly realizing what Riley was going for, she said, “Oh. You, um… you don’t have to,” even as her eyes begged Riley to do just that.

Riley didn’t pause to think about what she was doing, just allowed her lust to take over. Leaning forward, she plunged her tongue between Sabrina’s labia and gave a big, messy lick from the opening of her vagina up to her clit.

The scent was thick and strong, with a rich, tangy taste, but it wasn’t at all bad, to her relief. In fact, Riley found herself enjoying it more with every lick. The taste of Sabrina’s arousal. How fucking hot was that?

“Oh God, yes!!” Sabrina cried. She twined her fingers through Riley’s hair–not exactly pushing her head down, just providing gentle encouragement.

Riley didn’t think the girl was in a mood to take things slowly, so she immediately centered her attention on Sabrina’s clitoris. She’d never done anything like this before, but it didn’t take a genius to deduce what would feel good—and of course, Sabrina had already given her a very skillful demonstration of pussy-licking moments earlier. Immersing herself in the task at hand, she flicked the girl’s clit with her tongue, licked around it, lightly sucked at the swollen tip, even slid a finger back into Sabrina’s vagina and rolled it around, massaging the inner walls. Whatever it took to drive her partner wild, Riley was determined to make that happen.

Sure enough, Sabrina’s cries were becoming increasingly urgent. She squirmed, grinding her sex against Riley’s mouth, clearly desperate for release. But she didn’t have long to wait. After a minute or two, she moaned, “Yes yes yes… Oh! Riley! Oh!” Then her body went rigid, shaking with tension as her orgasm hit, long wordless cries issuing from her throat.

As these sounds of ecstasy gradually faded, Riley also slowed her movements, then gently withdrew, giving Sabrina’s pussy a final kiss. She sat up, licking her lips, gazing down at the limp body of her sex partner. Her… girlfriend? That might well be the appropriate word to use after what had just happened, and Riley realized that she didn’t mind the idea, not at all. In fact, it made her smile.

She could hardly believe she’d just had sex—actually licked Sabrina’s pussy—but she felt… content. Happy, even. She’d rushed headlong into this crazy thing, and now all she wanted was to snuggle up to the girl. That seemed like a good sign.

So she did just that, lying down next to Sabrina. It was a tight fit on the couch, but that only made it nicer, more romantic.

Sabrina’s eyes fluttered open, and she gave Riley a sleepy smile. “Mmmm. Wow. You’re good. Wonderful, even.”

“T-thanks. That was, um… interesting.” To say the least.

Sabrina chuckled. “ ‘Interesting’, huh? Well, I hope I can tempt you into doing it again some time. Then we can shoot for ‘spectacular’, or ‘stupendous’.”

“I think I’ll have to take you up on that.” They grinned at each other, then kissed. A gentle, relaxed kiss, more affectionate than urgent. “Um, I still kinda can’t believe all this went down, but seriously, it was… great. All of it.” Riley couldn’t even tell which part she’d enjoyed the most. As amazing as her own orgasm had felt, making Sabrina come had also been an unbelievably sexy experience.

“I know, right? You’re welcome,” Sabrina murmured, giving Riley a wink.

Laughing, Riley raised herself up on one elbow. She spent some time openly admiring Sabrina’s nude body. The girl watched, a small smile on her lips, which brought some heat to Riley’s face. She took a deep breath. This was about to get way more embarrassing, but she needed to say it. “You’re… so gorgeous. Have I told you that yet?”

Sabrina’s eyebrows rose up, she looked pleasantly surprised. “Not in so many words. Um, thanks. Glad you think so.” There was a hint of a blush on Sabrina’s cheeks as well now, and it was the cutest thing. Riley might just have to offer her compliments more often. “And you’re just as gorgeous,” the girl added.

Riley shook her head. “You’re crazy.”

“Seriously!”

“If you say so.” Riley gave her a dubious look, but didn’t argue the point. She wasn’t really going to complain about being called gorgeous.

Sabrina took on a smug air as if she had won an argument, though, so Riley reached out for one of the girl’s breasts and gave it a squeeze, rubbing the nipple with her thumb—partly to shut her up, partly because, well, she just wanted to.

“Mmm.” Sabrina watched expectantly, perhaps wondering if Riley intended to do more.

Riley had no specific plan in mind, but she did enjoy running her fingers over Sabrina’s body, so she trailed her hand down in a slow caress until it rested on that flat belly. Glancing further down at the patch of pubic hair, she was reminded of something.

“I was wondering earlier… Did you, like, shave for tonight? Down there, I mean.”

“Oh, um, yeah. I thought, you know, just in case.” Sabrina flashed a sheepish smile.

“Just in case, huh? Wait, did you plan all this?”

Sabrina raised her hands in protest. “Hey, hey, I didn’t plan anything. It was just… on the off chance that things went really, really well, I thought it would look nice.”

“Well, it does look nice,” Riley conceded. She couldn’t argue with the results: Sabrina’s bare pussy lips looked decidedly sexy. She ran her fingers through the sparse hair up above. “Wait, is this like a lesbian thing? Am I supposed to shave, too? ‘Cause that sounds like a pain in the ass.”

Sabrina snorted. “It was kind of a pain, I’ll admit. Dunno, some girls like it that way, I guess. You don’t have to shave for me, I like your hair.” Her smile grew coy. “Especially since the carpet matches the drapes.”

Riley tilted her head, confused. “What?”

“You never heard that before?” Sabrina chuckled. She reached out for a strand of Riley’s red hair. “Drapes,” she explained. Then she moved her hand below, tickling Riley’s pubes. “Carpet.”

“Oh. Jeez, you’re obsessed.”

Sabrina shrugged. “Hey, what can I say? Girls with red hair get me hot.”

“Is this something else you liked about… what’s her name, Eva? Did her carpet match her drapes?” As soon as the words were out of her mouth, Riley wondered why she’d brought that topic up again. It made her sound so childish. She should just be happy to have Sabrina’s interest, but couldn’t help feeling insecure about her relative lack of experience with other girls, her appearance, everything.

Sabrina made a face. “Are you still thinking about her? Jeez, stop it. Okay, firstly, I don’t know about her ‘carpet’ because”—she smirked—”she didn’t have any back then. Remember, we were just kids.”

“Oh, God.” Riley had overlooked that little detail.

“Secondly, don’t do the jealous girlfriend thing, that’s not cute. I’m with you now.” Sabrina’s hand had still been playing with Riley’s pubic hair, and now she ventured inside, slipping a finger between her pussy lips. “You get me?”

Riley gasped, then quickly nodded. It was true, she was being silly. “Yeah, sorry.” To smooth things over, she leaned in close to claim Sabrina’s mouth in a tender kiss.

She’d assumed that Sabrina had only touched her to make a point, but that finger remained between Riley’s legs, idly playing with the folds of her sex.

She studied Sabrina with a mounting excitement. “Mmmm. Are we… doing it again?”

The girl flashed her a saucy grin. “Wanna?”

“Well…” Riley only thought about it for half a second, then grinned back. “Sure.” Of course she did; why would she pass up the chance to share even more pleasure with this amazing girl?

Sabrina’s hand pressed more firmly against Riley’s slit, heightening the delicious sensations. Though she’d already come once, Riley was definitely up for another round. Hoping Sabrina felt the same way, she slipped a hand between the girl’s legs, finding her wet and ready.

They lay side by side, eyes locked, each fingering the other. Their breaths grew irregular, soft sounds of pleasure escaping their lips.

“So, um… ‘g-girlfriend,’ huh?” Riley said haltingly, just then registering the word Sabrina used a moment ago.

“Oh. I guess I… Mmmm… I did say it like that. Was that too… uh, forward?”

Riley shook her head. “No. I… I like it.” They smiled at each other—a romantic exchange as their fingers continued their dirty work.

Riley loved the sight of pleasure flashing on Sabrina’s face. Sabrina Taylor… my girlfriend. The thought was strange and delightful and exciting all at once. It somehow intensified her own pleasure. She noticed that Sabrina was watching her just as intently, and wondered if the girl felt the same way.

Their fingers continued to dance, sometimes slipping into a vagina, sometimes sliding between juicy labia, sometimes teasing a clit, always bringing wonderful sensations. It was unhurried and playful, but the pressure was slowly and surely building. Riley was on the verge of blissful release when Sabrina briefly tweaked her clitoris, but then withdrew her hand.

“What? Nooo,” Riley whined, a bit frustrated.

“Wait for me,” Sabrina murmured. “Let’s get off together, okay?”

“Huh? Oh! Okay, sure,” Riley said. It would be even better for them to come at the same time.

Riley intensified her efforts with renewed urgency, sliding two fingers inside her partner while using her thumb to stroke the clit. For her part, Sabrina slowed her movements just enough to keep Riley on the edge.

Soon, Sabrina was panting hard. “Mmmm, yessss… I’m so close. You ready?”

Riley nodded vigorously. She couldn’t be more ready.

Then Sabrina touched her clit in just the right way, and Riley cried out as she climaxed. Barely a second later, Sabrina followed suit, groaning loudly and closing her thighs around the hand pleasuring her.

Riley struggled to keep her eyes open through the orgasmic haze. She didn’t want to miss the sight of Sabrina’s face contorted in ecstasy. Her partner seemed to feel the same, and their gazes remained locked as they came, their busy hands pushing them to greater heights of rapture. The shared climax felt like a deep intimate connection, their bodies truly joined in some blissful symbiosis.

Riley’s orgasm didn’t quite reach the heights of the previous one, but sharing it with her girlfriend in this special way made it just as wonderful. Besides, it was the second-best orgasm she’d ever had, which wasn’t too shabby.

They slowly came down from their ecstatic high, catching their breath, smiling at each other. Their bodies were molded together, no space in between. Sabrina had wrapped both arms around Riley’s neck at some point, and Riley twined hers about the girl’s waist, thinking that she’d be happy for this moment to go on forever.

“So, I trust you enjoyed date night?” Sabrina said, flashing that naughty grin that Riley had come to love.

“Well, it sure took a turn I didn’t expect,” Riley replied with a laugh. “But yeah, I did. Very much.”

“Are we on for The Two Towers tomorrow, then?”

“Oh, for sure. We can’t watch only one part of the trilogy, you know?” Riley found her thoughts straying away from the movie, though. “Say… are your parents gonna be home after?”

Sabrina’s smile widened. “I like how you think! But… yeah, they’ll probably be home, sorry to say.”

“Damn.” Hard to believe it had come so quickly to this, but Riley had already concluded that from now on, any day without sex with Sabrina would be dull and uninteresting.

Thinking about the future suddenly reminded her that time existed and that there was something important about it. “Wait. Shit. What time is it?”

“Uh…” Sabrina twisted her neck to peer up at a wall clock. “11:15.”

“Oh, fuck. I was supposed to be home 15 minutes ago!”

Sabrina winced. “Uh-oh. Are you in trouble?”

“I hope not!”

Not without regret, Riley disentangled herself from Sabrina’s body, then scrambled into her clothes as quickly as she could—with some difficulty, as they clung to her still sweaty skin. Sabrina, remaining completely naked, escorted her to the door.

“Well…” Riley paused to drink in the sight of her new girlfriend’s body. Could I really be this lucky? She couldn’t find the words to express everything she felt at that moment, so instead, she stepped closer and gave Sabrina a passionate farewell kiss, hoping that would say it all for her. “I’ll see you tomorrow. Maybe. If I’m not grounded.”

***

Riley eased the apartment door open, trying to be as quiet as possible. Not that she’d have much luck with that, though; she was still breathing hard after pedaling as fast as she could all the way back home. She noticed light and the sound of the TV coming from the living room, anyway, so Dad was still up.

She sheepishly poked her head through the doorway. “Hey… sorry I’m late,” she murmured, trying to sound as contrite as possible. “I um… kinda lost track of the time.”

“I take it that things went well, then?” He didn’t sound angry, at least.

“Yeah. Things went… great, actually.” She hoped there wasn’t enough light for him to see her blush. “Turns out, I really, really like her.”

Her dad considered that for a moment, then nodded. “Yeah? Well, that’s good. I’m happy for you, hon. I’ll have to meet this Sabrina sometime soon.”

“Sure. We were actually gonna see the second movie tomorrow…” She paused for an objection, but none came. Apparently, she wasn’t grounded. Relieved, she continued, “So maybe we could come here after, so you two can meet…?”

“Ah, well, I’m going to your uncle Steve’s tomorrow night, in fact, so it will have to be another time.”

“Oh, that’s too bad. Yeah, another time, then.” Riley tried to sound disappointed, but inwardly she was capering with glee. Oh yeah, they were definitely coming here tomorrow, though for a very different, better reason.

Making her way to her room, Riley glanced at her phone out of habit and saw that she’d received a message from Mike. He’d probably sent it while she was frantically pedaling home, in too much of a hurry to notice.

How’d it go? he was asking.

Riley thought about it for a minute. It was difficult to convey how wonderfully the evening had gone—how much the experience might have changed her life, even! In the end, she just sent back three heart emojis. In her estimation, it was best to go with pictures when you couldn’t find the right words.

That much, huh? he replied a moment later.

Got a second date tomorrow, Riley added.

Haha. Wow. At this rate, you’re gonna have to decide pretty soon if you’re ready to eat pussy or not, he wrote, probably thinking he was being funny. If he only knew.

Riley was half-tempted to brag, but no, she wasn’t the type to kiss and tell. Or lick and tell, for that matter. Keeping it subtle, she sent back, Let’s just say that the Ice Queen isn’t as cold as I thought. The opposite, really.

What’s that supposed to mean? Something happen?

Riley smiled as she turned off her phone without replying. Let him dwell on that.

She quickly got ready for bed, then crawled beneath the covers, suddenly worn out after the events of the day. Wondering what it would be like to share a bed with Sabrina, it didn’t take long before Riley slipped into a lovely dream about her new girlfriend.

 

The End

Knuckle Ridge, Chapter 9

  • Posted on November 14, 2020 at 3:07 pm

by Purple Les

Early Friday morning, Sheriff Masters was seated under the overhang roof just outside his office on the boardwalk. It had only been light out for a couple of hours, but it was already clear that the day would be a hot one. His pipe was lit, its stem clamped between his jaws as he perused the latest edition of the Knuckle Ridge Clarion. As always, young Freddie had brought him a copy right away. “Best read it careful, sheriff,” the boy said with a grin before turning to run back to the Clarion office. “I think the ink’s still wet!”

“Much obliged, son,” Gus had replied. Now he was on the last page, taking the occasional draw on his pipe, glancing out at the street every now and then.

When he heard the rumble of the morning stage as it came in, Gus immediately folded his newspaper and put it to one side, watching the vehicle approach. It came to a stop before the coach office, and he studied the passengers carefully as they disembarked.

Pausing to relight his pipe, he saw Jack from the coach office point in his direction. A man was following Jack’s finger with his eyes. Gus leaned back in his chair as he took a deep draw, observing the stranger as he drew near.

The man put Gus in mind of a bulldog, wearing a suit and walking upright. Hell, that’s what The Kid said about him, he recalled. Like a bulldog, won’t let nothin’ go.

As the man came closer Gus could see he was maybe five foot and a few inches, almost as wide as he was tall. He wore a charcoal gray suit with a matching vest, bottle-green necktie and a derby hat, with a white shirt and collar that was still impeccably white, despite the dusty stage ride. He carried a black leather valise, and wore black shoes.

Under a large, hooked nose, the man’s ruddy face was adorned by a handlebar mustache, waxed and upturned at the ends. His double chin hung over his shirt collar, covering part of the knot of his tie. The man’s blue eyes were small shiny jewels set beneath bushy eyebrows.

The man halted on the boardwalk in front of Gus’s chair, put down the valise that was in his right hand and extended that pudgy paw to the sheriff.

In a voice that sounded like a bear who had learned to talk, the man said, “I’m Detective Mort Farnum with the Pinkerton Agency. Would you be Sheriff Gus Masters?”

Slowly rising, Gus nearly towered over the man standing before him, and he wasn’t especially tall to begin with. He gripped Farnum’s hand, surprised to find it firm, dry and strong.

“How d’ye do, Detective Farnum. Yes, I’m Sheriff Masters.” Gus replied. “How can I help you?”

A mostly unseen smile appeared beneath Mort’s mustache. “Is there somewhere we could speak privately, Sheriff?”

Turning to open the office door, Gus motioned the detective inside, then followed.

“Care for some coffee, Detective Farnum?” Gus asked. “It’s still hot.”

“Yes, thank you. And call me Mort.”

“And Gus is fine with me,” Sheriff Masters said as he filled a mug with hot coffee, then set it near the far edge of his desk. “Have a seat,” he added, gesturing at the nearby chair.

Carefully seating himself — the chair squeaking as if in protest at the man’s sheer bulk — Mort Farnum reached for the cup and sipped from it. Nodding appreciatively, he began to speak. “A week or so back, I was in Louisiana on assignment, where I got forwarded a telegram from the Tequila Kid about these three certain parties who happened to be in this area. I sent a reply to inform her that all three were wanted criminals, and that she was to arrest them, if she was able. I’m here now to take them into my custody… or apprehend them myself.”

Tilting back slightly in his chair, Gus said, “Well now, Mort, the only prisoner I’ve got in the cells is Jessica Sinclair.”

Mort’s eyes widened in surprise, “Why, that’s amazing! I figured that she’d be the one who was still on the loose. She’s notorious, sheriff, and twisted as a bent corkscrew. It’s a great accomplishment on your part, getting that one behind bars.”

“Well, the Tequila Kid deserves most of the credit for the capture,” Gus said. “You’re right to call the Sinclair woman a bad ‘un, though. Hell, she committed four murders in my jurisdiction. Anyhow, you don’t have to worry about her. This afternoon a U.S. Marshal will be here to collect her. She’ll be goin’ to Austin on the mornin’ train, where she’ll stand trial.” He took out his pipe and tobacco pouch. “Never heard tell of a woman bein’ sentenced to hang in these parts… but I reckon she’ll be the first.”

“I’d say you’re correct about that,” Mort replied with a nod. “We’ve got her down for at least eight murders that we know of, and that’s before your four.”

Packing the bowl of his pipe with tobacco, then tamping it down, Gus said, “Now, about this Yves De Bries fella you’ve come for…”

Mort leaned forward, his eyes riveted on the sheriff.

“He’s one of the four men murdered by Jessica Sinclair. They planted his remains in our cemetery, close to a week ago. If you want him, you can make arrangements to have the body exhumed.” Striking a match on the top of his desk, Gus lit his pipe and took a deep pull.

“I will do just that, Gus.” Mort said, “And what of Maggie McGill? Or maybe you know her as Lady Jane Wyeth-Boton. She travels with what she claims is a servant girl, but it’s actually her daughter.”

Gus blew a large cloud of smoke toward the ceiling, then said, “For that, you’ll need to find The Kid and ask her.”

Draining his coffee mug, Mort set it on the desk, reaching for his valise as he stood. “Fair enough, sheriff. Any idea where I’d find her?”

Gus shook his head. “No. But it ain’t too big a town.” Gus took a drag on his pipe and asked, “You have De Bries, though… why even bother with the mother and daughter? There’s no warrants on ‘em in the States.”

“Normally, I wouldn’t bother,” Mort said, “However, Scotland Yard in Great Britain has provided our agency with extradition papers for Maggie and Gracie McGill, so they’re to be brought in.” He shrugged. “It’s my job.”

After conferring with Gus over lodgings in town, Mort Farnum carried his grip up the street and checked in to the Smith House. After a quiet lunch, he began his search for The Kid.

***

The Tequila Kid spent the main part of her day keeping track of where Mort Farnum was and avoiding him. First she dropped by the stage office to ask a favor of Jack.

“I don’t know, Kid,” Jack muttered, an uneasy expression on his ruddy face. “I take pride in always treatin’ everyone square. Now you’re askin’ me to deceive a representative of the law.”

“You won’t get in trouble, Jack,” The Kid replied. “Besides, you do kinda owe me one. Didn’t I find Bob and Roy’s killer, and bring back them gold certificates?”

“All right, Kid, all right,” Jack sighed, his face turning even redder. “I’ll have a talk with the boys afore they leave in the mornin’.”

“Don’t you worry none, Jack,” The Kid said with a smile. “It’ll all go just fine.”

As Jack watched The Kid walk away, he thought, Lord God, what am I gettin’ myself into?

***

The Kid’s next stop was at the livery stable. After she explained what she needed, Nate looked worried and Mac seemed more confused than usual.

“I dunno, Kid,” Nate said at last.

“Now, Nate, it couldn’t be more simple. You just say that one little thing.”

“I don’t like messin’ with the law none, Kid. Even if he ain’t from these parts,” Nate insisted.

“Well… reckon I understand,” The Kid said with a sigh. “I guess it’s too much to ask, even from a friend.” She turned and started to walk away.

Mac gave Nate a disappointed look. Nate noticed, a deep frown creasing his dark visage. Pursing his lips, he took a deep breath, mumbled, “Hell fire.” Then he called out, “Hold on there, Kid!”

She turned around, gazing expectantly at Nate. He glared at her, then his features softened. “Fine,” he said, shaking his head. “We’ll do it.”

The Kid broke into a big smile that made Nate almost glad he’d changed his mind. “I ‘preciate that, Nate,” she said, returning to join him and Mac.

“Just tell it to me again, what it is you need me to do,” Nate said.

The Kid explained, then gave the large black man a pat on the shoulder. “Don’t you worry one little bit. It’ll go just fine.” With that, she turned to go.

As The Kid left the stable, Mac grinned. “You done good, Nate.”

Nate didn’t smile back, just yanked Mac’s hat off and flung it to the ground. “God damn it all,” he scowled. “Why in hell do I listen to her… or to you?”

“Cause you’re a right fella,” Mac replied, his cheerful visage undimmed.

“More like a damn fool,” Nate grumbled, bending to pick up the battered hat, brushing it off before he placed it back on the old man’s head. “C’mon, Mac… let’s go muck out them stalls.”

***

When the afternoon train roared into the station, Sheriff Masters was there to meet it.

The first passenger to disembark was Marshal Zebadiah Russel, his deputy Frank Tanner, and jail matron Ada Kelly. Gus had to admit that Marshal Russel cut a fine figure, with his height of six foot two and his professional demeanor. He was near Gus’s age of thirty-eight. Deputy Tanner was young but seemed able enough, an affable fellow with bright red hair, closer to Gus’s height and size. Ada Kelly was a hatchet-faced woman of around forty, about five foot tall and a hundred and sixty pounds, dressed completely in black.

Gus escorted the trio to the Ridge Hotel, where they would eat and retire for the day. Around six o’clock the following morning, Deputy Tanner would take up position in the mail car of the morning train, where Jessica Sinclair would be held during the journey back to Austin. Meanwhile, Marshal Russel and Ada Kelly would be at the sheriff’s office, preparing the prisoner for her trip. Sheriff Masters would accompany them to the train.

And that’ll be all she wrote, Gus told himself. Gotta admit, I’ll be glad to see the last of that woman. He’d tangled with more than a few scofflaws since putting on the sheriff’s badge, but that Jess Sinclair unsettled him something fierce.

***

Earlier that same day, Andromeda Purdy had paid a visit to the Ridge Hotel, where she spoke with Ed at the front desk, finally persuading him to go along with The Kid’s plan. Hastening up the stairs to the room where  Maggie and Gracie McGill were waiting, Ann then let them out the back door of the hotel and through back ways and alleys to her house. Though the former Lady Jane had been most reluctant to leave most of their things behind, Ann explained why it was crucial to only bring one suitcase with them.

Finally safe and secure at Ann’s house, Andromeda made tea for them all. Once seated with their cups, Ann spoke. “I know that you’ve already shared your story with The Kid, but she hasn’t told me anything of it. Might I ask the details of your husband’s death… if it’s not too painful?”

Unsure of how to respond, Maggie glanced at her daughter. “She should know, since she’s risking so much for us, Mummy,” Gracie said.

Maggie gave a thoughtful nod. “Very well then, Ann, I’ll tell you… I only hope you won’t think the worst of me.” She took a sip of tea, then replaced the cup in its saucer with a melancholy sigh.

“First, I should say that at first, my husband and I had a… a blissful marriage. When I gave birth to Gracie, our family was complete, and Kenneth and I were the proud parents of a lovely little girl.” She smiled at Gracie, who smiled back, blushing slightly.

Maggie went on to tell of the injustice her husband suffered at his place of employment, and of the hardships that followed. Soon, her story came to the evening of Kenneth’s death, and Maggie fell silent for a moment, staring at a handkerchief she clutched in her trembling hands.

Suddenly Gracie spoke up, “It was all my fault, Miss Purdy.”

“No!” Maggie immediately said, her eyes flashing. “It wasn’t your fault, I’ve told you that!” Hugging the child to her, she resumed the story. “It happened like this. Kenneth was frantic for more gin, but had no money, and there was nothing of ours left to pawn. He was quite out of his mind, shaking as if he had a fever. His plan was to… to force me to lie with another man, to g-get the money he needed.” Now on the verge of tears, Maggie fought to control her emotion, to keep talking. “I refused, and that sent Kenneth into a blind rage. He was beating me, ripping at my clothes. Gracie tried to pull him off me, and he struck her a hard blow, knocking her to the floor.” Her jaw tightened. “Even at his worst, he’d never hit our child before.

“I managed to get to my feet and told Gracie to run away, to fetch help. I suppose that for Kenneth, it was the last straw. He snatched up a knife and came at me. There was murder in his eyes, I saw it plain as day. I would be dead now if Gracie hadn’t hit Kenneth on the head with the tea kettle. But…” There was a tremor in her voice. “He fell… and in the falling, impaled himself on the knife.”

“Oh, dear,” Andromeda whispered.

Maggie looked up, meeting Ann’s gaze. “I’m afraid that I wasn’t completely truthful with The Kid. When I told her this story, I left Gracie out of it, told her that I hit Kenneth with the kettle.” She sighed. “I didn’t want to lie, but I had to protect my daughter.“ Bending down, she kissed the crown of Gracie’s head, then gave Ann a sad smile. “I know now that I can trust you and The Kid, so there need be no more falsehoods between us.”

Drawing little Gracie into her lap, Maggie continued her story, how she went to the police to inform them of the death of her husband and was arrested for his murder. “I did have one piece of luck,” she said. “Before I left, I asked my downstairs neighbors, the Fitzwickers, to look after Gracie while I was out. God bless them, they took my daughter in when I was in custody, kept her safe.”

“They were kind to me,” Gracie said. “Their little girl died when she was five.”

“When the police found the mark from the kettle on Kenneth’s head,” Maggie said, “there was no hope left for me — I was blamed for his death. Of course, I couldn’t tell them that it was Gracie who struck the blow. She had saved my life, and I was determined to save hers.”

“I wanted to tell what really happened,” Gracie declared. “But Mum made me swear on the family Bible that I never would.”

“Soon after that, they put me on trial,” said Maggie. “I tried to explain that Kenneth had the horrors, that he meant to kill me with the knife, but…” She shook her head. “The prosecutor for the Crown told the jury that the worst sin a wife could commit was to raise a hand to her husband, that I’d committed a crime against God. I knew they meant to have me hang… so when the chance arose for me to escape, I seized it.”

Ann nodded. “The Kid told me about how you made your escape from the police.”

“Yes, then I managed to get word to Mrs Fitzwicker, who brought Gracie to me. Two days later, we fled to America.” She fell silent, stroking her daughter’s hair. “On the voyage, I met a woman named Sophie LaForge, who befriended me. Once she learned that I was without much in the way of money, she made a proposal. She’d worked with another woman as a medium, pretending to talk to dead spirits for those who would pay dearly to speak to them. Like us, she was fleeing the law. Sophie’s partner had betrayed her for a man, and shopped her to the police.

“Sophie was looking for a new partner, and suggested that I join her. I was hesitant, as you can imagine, but in the end, she persuaded me. After all, I had no idea how I was to make my way in America. I’d never worked before, you see, and had a child to provide for.”

“This Sophie,” Ann said, stroking her chin thoughtfully, “she showed you how to do seances?”

Maggie nodded. “She taught me all the tricks of the trade. How to get information, to ask the right questions, how to establish the proper atmosphere, how to create a diversion.” She paused, looking away. “That wasn’t all she taught me, though. Sophie saw the… the loneliness that I felt. How long it was since I had been touched by a loving hand.” Her eyes meeting Ann’s, she continued. “She taught me the pleasures that women can share between them. We became lovers. I won’t keep that a secret from you, Ann… or The Kid.”

“Thank you,” Ann replied, her heart beating faster. “What happened to Sophie?”

Parting her lips to speak, Maggie hesitated. Gracie spoke up. “She caught a fever.”

“It happened about halfway through our passage,” Maggie said. “I don’t know what caused it. She suffered terribly, couldn’t hold anything down. After three days, Sophie died.”

“Oh, dear,” Ann said.

“But I had the knowledge that she passed on to me, and decided that we would make use of it,” Maggie continued. “I taught Gracie to partner with me. She had always been a clever child who loved to pretend, and liked to use different voices. I realized that her age could work to our advantage. A medium with a pretty little girl would be more likely to inspire trust.”

“I didn’t want to… it seemed wicked,“ Gracie said. “but Mummy made me see that we had to earn our bread somehow. She was afraid that we might have to take jobs in a factory, or a mill.”

“How did you end up working with Count Cousiourac?” Ann asked.

“Oh, him,” Maggie sighed. She told the story of Yves DeBries, how he had latched onto them, threatening to have Maggie exposed as a murderer on the run unless they cut him in for the lion’s share of their takings.

“My, my!” Ann exclaimed. “I always did feel ill at ease around that man. Now I see why.”

“Mummy,” Gracie said, peering up at her mother. “You didn’t tell the whole story. Not the part about us.” Taking Maggie’s hand, she brought it to her lips.

“No,” Maggie admitted. “I suppose that we ought to. Do you want to tell it?”

Gracie nodded. “Yes, please.” Turning to Ann, she said. “You see, Miss Purdy, I knew my mother was… coupling with Miss LaForge. She tried to hide it from me, that they were lovers, but I figured it out soon enough. Mummy and I always shared a bed; she never made me sleep at night by myself. They would slip away during the day to — to do things together.

“After Miss LaForge died, I could tell that Mummy was sad and lonely. When we were in bed at night, she held me close, sometimes until morning. I loved when she did that… but it hurt me to see her so unhappy. That was when I knew that I really wanted to — to be more to Mummy than just her little girl. I wanted to give her the same good feelings that Miss LaForge did… and for her to love me the same way.” Gracie gazed up at her mother with adoring eyes. “Now you, Mummy. Tell Miss Purdy about that night, when we…” Suddenly shy, the child fell silent.

“It was nearly two weeks before we reached New York,” Maggie began. “Gracie was already in bed, while I was writing in my journal. Then I undressed, got into my nightshirt, and joined my daughter… only to discover, when I took her in my arms, that she was completely naked beneath the blanket.”

“Oh, my,” Ann said. Her pulse was racing, and she felt quite warm underneath her dress.

“As you can imagine, I was astonished — but even more so when Gracie kissed me! I was too taken aback to respond, and that was when my daughter spoke her mind, saying she loved me, and longed for us to… to share the same pleasures that I had enjoyed with Sophie.” Her cheeks had flushed to a darker hue of pink. “I must admit that, when cuddling with Gracie on those previous nights, the feeling of her body against mine left me… somewhat lightheaded. And very aroused.”

“I think I knew that, somehow,” Gracie added.

“Under ordinary circumstances, I would not have given into my desire, I think,” Maggie said, “but Gracie was such a lovely child, and felt so good in my arms…” She gave a blissful sigh. “Then, knowing that she wanted me that same way… well, I succumbed to her charms, as they say, and we kissed again. Then my daughter undressed me, and we made love.”

“It was perfect,” the child said. “Some things I didn’t know how to do, but Mummy showed me. And after it was over, I smiled at her, kissed her hand and said, ‘Now I am yours, forever and ever’.”

Maggie gazed down at her little girl. “Since then, I have shared my bed with other women… so has Gracie, actually. But we always have each other. She is the love of my life.”

“And I never want that to stop.” Gracie added, smiling as she rested her head on Maggie’s knee.

***

As evening came, a few drovers rode into town. Looking to see how much they could drink and whore and gamble before their pay ran out, they were mostly harmless cowpokes letting off steam after weeks on the trail. On occasion they would brawl in the street, or fire their guns into the air.

Gus, Jigs, and Rick kept an occasional eye on them, but Gus was mostly concerned with the prisoner locked in his back cell. Tomorrow mornin’ can’t come too soon for me, he thought. Don’t reckon I can set easy until the Sinclair woman is on that train and gone.

He was sitting at the small table in his office oiling his gun when Mort Farnum entered. Seating himself across from Gus, the stout man announced, “Sheriff, I have been unable to locate The Kid.”

Gus nodded. “Can’t say I’m surprised. She sure can make herself scarce when she puts her mind to it.”

“Nonetheless,” Mort continued, “I have been talking to some of the people of the town.”

Gus took out his pipe and filled it with a generous pinch of Burley from his tobacco pouch. Mort Farnum frowned… then with a small shrug, took a cigar from his coat pocket and lit it up.

As Gus applied a match to the bowl and took a deep draw, Mort continued. “I went to the Ridge Hotel, only to discover that Maggie McGill has already checked out. She had a small mountain of luggage in the lobby. A desk clerk — Ed, I believe his name is — told me the bags would be going to the stage depot.” Pausing to puff at his stogie, he sat back in his chair. “I think Mrs McGill will try to leave on the morning stage.”

“Sounds reasonable,” Gus said. “But what about the train?”

Mort shook his head, saying, “No, I don’t believe she’d risk it. There’ll be too much attention there because of Jessica Sinclair.” Suddenly leaning forward, he added, “I think Mrs McGill and her daughter are with The Kid right now, hiding out at the home of a Miss Andromeda Purdy.”

Gus was silent, the pipe stem held in his strong jaw as he finished loading his gun. Examining it with a nod, he slid the weapon into its holster.

“Sheriff Masters,” Mort said gruffly, “I must ask you to lead me to this Miss Purdy’s home, so I can take the woman and child into my custody tonight.”

Taking the pipe from his mouth, Gus frowned, then tapped out the bowl on the heel of his boot.

“I reckon I’m obliged to do as you ask, but it’s your show, Mort,” Gus said.

They both rose and stepped outside. Gus looked up and down the noisy street. It was dark now, though there were lanterns on the fronts of buildings to provide a bit of illumination, with a few oil lamps spilling light onto the street and boardwalk from inside windows and open doors.

Seeing Jigs, Gus waved him over. “Keep an eye on things here, Jigs. I’ll be with Detective Farnum here for a spell. Have yourself some coffee — I think it’s still hot.”

“Okay, Gus,” the long-limbed deputy replied. Stepping into the office, he turned to watch Gus and that East Coast private eye walk into the darkness.

Ten minutes later, Gus knocked on the front door of Ann Purdy’s house. As they waited for a response, Gus observed the flower bed of yellow, red and orange marigolds that lined the front walk of Ann’s house. They looked lovely in the soft light from the lantern that glowed by the door, beneath the covered porch where Gus and Mort waited.

The front door opened, and The Tequila Kid stood in the doorway, smiling.

“Howdy, Gus.” The Kid said. Noticing who was with him, The Kid enthused, “Well, I’ll be. If it ain’t Mort Farnum! I recollect I still owe you a drink, Mort. How ‘bout I get my hat and we all head over to the Broken Horn, catch up on old times?”

Mort squared his shoulders. “You do owe me a drink, Kid. But right now, I am here on business.”

“What sort of business?” The Kid inquired, wearing a puzzled expression.

“I believe you are harboring a wanted fugitive here in this house. Maggie McGill Hopkins is wanted for murder in England, and I am here to take her and her child into custody to be extradited back to their homeland, so she can face trial,” Mort growled. “Per the telegram I sent you.” He paused, sizing The Kid up. “Could it be that you are holding Mrs Hopkins for me, rather than aiding and abetting a fugitive?”

“Shucks now, Mort,” The Kid said in a honeyed voice. “Her husband died by accident by his own hand, and the little girl sure didn’t have nothin’ to do with it. The way I hear it, that Hopkins feller attacked his wife and daughter with intent to kill. Maggie McGill Hopkins was just defendin’ her little girl.”

“That is for a judge and jury in England to decide, not me,” Mort fired back, “I have my job to do.”

The Kid stood a little straighter and said, “Why don’t you let me buy you that drink, Mort? They ain’t here anyways.”

“Then,” Mort countered, “You won’t mind me coming in to take a look around…?”

“No, I don’t mind,” The Kid said.

As Mort and Gus took a step forward to enter the house, The Kid put the palms of her hands flat against each man’s chest, stopping them in their tracks.

With a slight edge to her voice, The Kid said, “I don’t mind… if you got a search warrant, that is. Do you?”

Gus stepped back, and Mort frowned as he looked up at The Kid. “I can get one.”

“You go ahead and do that, then. I reckon Judge Nels should be back from his fishin’ trip by Monday,” The Kid said smugly.

Mort’s face grew red, and he pointed a stubby but well-manicured finger at The Kid. Just as he was about to speak, a delicious aroma wafted through the door, then Ann Purdy appeared beside The Kid in the doorway. Ann’s jaw was no longer swollen, but four long scabs from Jessica Sinclair’s nails still showed on her face.

Using a dish towel to hold a hot fry pan with cornbread in it, Ann smiled at the sheriff, saying, “Gus! What a pleasant surprise.”

Gus removed his hat, saying, “Good evenin’, Miss Ann. This is Detective Mort Farnum.”

Mort removed his hat, giving a polite nod of his head, and Ann said, “Pleased to meet you, Mr Farnum. I just took this out of the oven. Won’t you both please come in? I’ve got coffee brewing, and I must say that The Kid makes the best cornbread you’ll ever taste.”

The Kid frowned at Ann, saying, “Mort here, he thinks that Lady Jane gal is hidin’ out here with her little girl.”

Ann laughed brightly. “That’s ridiculous. I’m sure they’d be at Mrs Ruggles’ estate if they were anywhere.”

As she spoke those words, The Kid gave Ann a kick to her ankle, suddenly scowling.

Glancing at The Kid, Ann whispered, “Oh, dear,” pressing a hand to her lips.

A barely perceived smile spread under Mort Farnum’s big mustache. Putting his hat back on, he gave a brief bow. “Thank you ever so much, Miss Purdy. It was a pleasure meeting you.” With that, he turned to leave. Gus followed, taking one last longing look at that steaming pan of cornbread.

As the two men walked away, they could hear The Kid’s angry voice, saying, “Damn it all, Andromeda Henrietta Purdy… how in hell could a woman smart as you be such a fool?”

When they reached the edge of town, Gus turned to Farnum and said, “Well, Mort, I reckon you got this matter well in hand, so if it’s the same to you, I’ll be headin’ back to my office. Got that prisoner to keep an eye on.“

The detective extended a hand. “I’m obliged to you, Gus.” They shook.

“Have a pleasant evenin’, Mort,” Sheriff Masters replied.

“The same to you, sir,” Farnum replied, and set off in the direction of the livery stable at a brisk pace.

Gus watched as the pudgy man vanished into the night. Shaking his head, he headed the other way, in the direction of his office.

Once he arrived at the stable, Farnum rented the red hammerhead roan, getting directions to the Ruggles estate from Nate before riding away. Short and stout as he was. Mort was an odd sight on horseback, but he rode with practiced skill.

***

Ann waited several minutes after Gus and the detective stranger had left, then climbed the stairs to her bedroom. She gently tapped on the door, then opened it, smiling at the frightened woman and child. “They’ve gone, ladies,” she said, “Now come down and eat with us.”

A very relieved Maggie and Gracie followed Ann downstairs to the kitchen, where The Kid was pouring the coffee. Looking up, she said, “Sit you down and tuck in — the food’s still warm.”

As they ate the delicious cornbread, The Kid said, “That trick we run on Detective Farnum… that’ll keep him out of our hair for the rest of the night.”

“Thank you for that — both of you,” Maggie said.

“Now, once you two get to San Francisco,” The Kid said, taking out a folded piece of paper, “I want you to look up a Miss Holly Mayflower. I had Ann write up this here letter for you to take to her. Holly runs a specialty house. She’s a mighty good woman, and I feel sure she’d give you a job there.” She handed the paper to Ann. “Read this for us?”

The Kid had dictated the letter to Ann earlier in the day. Ann offered to clean up the grammar, but The Kid refused. “I want her to know for sure that it’s from me.”

“Believe me, she’ll know,” Ann countered, rolling her eyes.

Now she read it out loud to the others. “Hey, Holly. This here is The Kid. Hope you’re well, miss you. I ain’t coming there to work in your fancy house yet, on account of I’m still with the Texas Rangers. The gal with this letter is Maggie McGill and her daughter Gracie. They have a secret, that they are also lovers. I recollect you told me once that a mother and her girl who took pleasure together could make you rich. So here they are. They are good friends of mine, so don’t you cheat them none. Don’t ask Maggie to do the deed with any man unless she wants. Most of all, make sure they keep their hands off of little Gracie. Hope to see you again someday. Your old pal, The Tequila Kid.”

Under her name was The Kid’s outline drawing of a raven.

Slipping the letter into an addressed envelope, Ann handed it to Maggie. The Kid said, “Well, what do you think?”

“How much would we make?” Maggie asked.

The Kid shrugged. “Maybe a thousand or so dollars in a month. I don’t rightly know.”

“Oh, Mummy,” Gracie said as she helped herself to another piece of warm cornbread, “We’d be rich. And we’d be getting paid for doing what we love anyway.”

“Yes, I suppose so,” Maggie said thoughtfully as she looked at her daughter.

“I was thinkin’, though,” The Kid said slowly, “since I’m sayin’ how good a show you’d do, maybe you should give me and Ann a sample.”

Ann blushed. “You shouldn’t ask that of our guests, Kid.”

“Well, now, Ann,” The Kid said, “me, I already seen ‘em together. But I think you should have a look, too. Y’know, to make sure they’re as lovely a sight as I figured.”

Ann’s hands trembled and her voice shook as she stared at the floor. “I’m sure that’s not necessary, Kid.”

“Well, we got a few hours to kill here. Don’t no one seem sleepy yet.” The Kid countered.

Still eating her slice of cornbread, Gracie said, “I think it’s a splendid idea. Don’t you think so, Mummy?”

“Don’t speak with your mouth full, dear.” Maggie said. “And yes, I think it’s a marvelous idea.” She reached out to touch Ann’s chin, forcing her blushing face upward, looking into her eyes. “I think Miss Purdy is rather shy. But tell us truly, Ann… wouldn’t you like to see Gracie and me make love?”

Ann nodded her head, somehow managing to say, “Yes. I — I would like that, very much.”

“Well, it’s settled, then,” The Kid said.

Gracie jumped to her feet, crying, “Yippee!” The adults all stared at the child, who sheepishly added, “I thought… well, that’s how one expresses joy in these parts, is it not?”

Everyone laughed. Rising from her seat, The Kid murmured, “I reckon we’re done with supper.”

No one spoke, but the air seemed to crackle with excitement as they filed up the stairs to Ann’s bedroom. Once inside, The Kid lit the lamp on the nightstand. The drapes were already drawn. There were two chairs in the bedroom, and Maggie silently directed The Kid and Ann to sit in them.

While Maggie slowly undressed, Gracie gave The Kid a long, wet kiss. Ann’s head swiveled back and forth — watching Maggie strip, then her lover and the child kissing, then back to Maggie again. Gracie had unbuttoned The Kid’s shirt and was teasing her nipples, cooing with delight as she watched them stiffen to the touch.

Glancing back at Maggie, Ann saw that the older woman was now nude, a hand moving between her spread thighs while she watched her daughter fondle The Kid’s tits.

Slowly withdrawing two fingers from her vagina, Maggie proffered them to the child. “Gracie, dear, come taste your mummy’s cunt.”

Gracie broke away from The Kid, crossed the room to where her mother sat, and took the glistening fingers into her mouth, making a big show of sucking them clean, then turned to Ann with a smile.

Ann’s eyes widened in wonder as Gracie approached, then drifted shut again as the child kissed her, slipping her tongue between the woman’s parted lips. Ann whimpered as she returned Gracie’s tender kiss, tasting the little girl’s mother on her tongue.

Then she felt Gracie’s hands, touching her breasts through the blouse she wore. Breaking their kiss, Ann moaned, “Oh, sweet child…”

“Do you want to see Mummy undress me?” Gracie whispered, nuzzling Ann’s ear.

“I — I do, yes,” Ann replied. Her heart was racing. The secret fantasy she’d held onto for so long, her dream of making love to a little girl — was it really about to happen?

Leaving a kiss on Ann’s cheek, Gracie returned to her mother. “Mummy,” she said, “I want to be naked, so Miss Purdy can see all of me. Will you take my clothes off?”

“I will, my love,” Maggie said, smiling at her daughter.

The Kid quickly shucked her own clothes as she and Ann watched Maggie unfasten the hooks at the back of Gracie’s dress. Now nude, The Kid padded over to Ann and began to strip her lover. Gracie watched as Ann’s beautiful body was slowly revealed, licking her lips in anticipation of the pleasures they would all soon share.

Ann was beside herself, trembling with helpless desire as she watched Maggie slowly remove her little girl’s clothes, pausing to caress and kiss Gracie’s body as, bit by bit, it was laid bare.

Now all four of them were naked, and the air in the small bedroom was thick with the scent of female lust.

Maggie laid back on the bed with her thighs spread wide, tugging at her nipples. Ann began to touch herself, giving her pussy what it begged for as she stared at the little naked girl standing before her, displaying everything she had.

The sight was even lovelier than she’d expected. The flowing black hair against the soft white skin. Her bright blue eyes, framed by dark eyelashes. Those full red lips,that put Ann in mind of a child from a Dickens novel. The merest hint of breasts, capped by erect, rosy nipples. Those long coltish legs, and that beautiful bare vulva.

But somehow, what thrilled Ann most was the smile on Gracie’s face, a smile that said, You can have me. Right here. Right now. She could practically hear the child speak the words.

“Now… show our friends how you pleasure a woman with your mouth, Gracie,” Maggie instructed her little girl, placing a hand just above her cunt.

Pausing to blow Ann a kiss, turned to join her mother on the bed. Lying between Maggie’s spread legs, the eleven-year-old buried her mouth in the dark blonde curls and began to lick. It was a wondrous sight, this child making love to a woman… but Ann’s attention soon shifted to Gracie’s bottom, which wriggled a bit as  she ground her sex into the bed.

“Turn around, love,” Maggie said. “Mummy wants a taste of you, too.”

Shifting around, Gracie turned her body about so that she was straddling her mother’s chest, then started licking her from the other direction.

“She loves it when I do this to her,” Maggie said, smiling at Ann. Cupping her daughter’s buttocks, she lifted her head from the pillow, gently spread the girl’s cheeks apart and began to ream her bottom hole, bathing the dark cleft with long, slow swipes of her tongue.

Maggie couldn’t keep her head raised like that for very long, though, and had to stop. Lying back down, she began to pleasure Gracie with her fingers, lovingly stroking the little girl’s bare slit.

Lost in the lewd scene playing out before her, Ann actually flinched when The Kid touched her arm. “Oh!” she gasped; then, seeing who it was, her cheeks flushed bright pink. “Oh, my,” she whispered.

“Let’s get closer,” The Kid said, helping Ann up from the chair. “Get us a good look.”

Obediently following her lover, Ann was soon standing beside the bed, gazing wide-eyed at the genuinely moving sight of a mother and daughter, joyfully sharing their bodies. A soft moan escaped her lips as she watched Gracie moving three fingers in and out of Maggie’s hole, the girl’s lips glued to the woman’s swollen clit.

Poor Ann was quivering from head to toe with unspent desire. From her new vantage point, she could reach out and touch the incestuous lovers if she cared to. The sounds of mouths and fingers toying with wet flesh made sweet music, and the thick, intoxicating smell of cunt filled Ann’s head, making her dizzy.

The Kid spoke. “Don’t know about you, Ann, but I kinda feel like joinin’ this here party.” Bending down, she licked Gracie’s butthole, slipping a hand beneath the moaning girl to grope at Maggie’s tits.

Ann had to sit back down before she swooned, overwhelmed by the vision of this wicked tableau. God forgive me, she thought… but if this isn’t heaven, it’s as close as I’ll ever be to seeing it in this life.

The Kid fell to her knees beside the bed, frantically rubbing at her clitoris. “Shit!” she gasped, “I — I’m gonna come.” An instant later, she gave a hoarse cry, her lean frame shaking, teeth bared as she spent. Her drawn-out moan dwindled to a whimper, and The Kid lost her balance, falling onto her ass with a thud. She winced at first — then relaxed, lying down on the oaken floor with a blissful smile on her lips. Gracie giggled, then turned her full attention back to her mother’s pussy. Down below, Maggie continued to love the little girl with slow, lingering strokes of her tongue.

It was all too much for Ann, who suddenly found herself coming without warning, even with both hands resting on her knees. It left her dazed and panting for breath, but she kept watching Maggie and Gracie as they made love, determined to see it all.

Struggling to her feet, The Kid tottered over to the bed and bent to claim Maggie’s mouth in a penetrating kiss, tasting Gracie on her lips. Now they were both masturbating the child.

Seconds later, Gracie gave a muffled cry into her mother’s cunt as the two women brought her off. She paused to take a deep breath, then delved between Maggie’s thighs again, licking at the sodden flesh for all she was worth.

Ann watched in awe as the eleven-year-old girl drove her mother to orgasm, Maggie moaning and writhing while The Kid continued to kiss her. Finally breaking away from The Kid, she twisted away from her daughter’s mouth, panting, “That’s enough, Gracie.” Her voice trailed into a whisper. “My, that was lovely…”

Ann felt certain that little Gracie had to be exhausted from her lovemaking. Instead, the child all but leaped from the bed, hurried over to where Ann sat and claimed the startled woman’s mouth in a heated tongue kiss, all the while toying with her bare breasts.

Suddenly Gracie broke away, gazing deep into Ann’s wide-open eyes. “Miss Purdy,” she said, her voice like sweet music, “May I lick your fanny now? I want to make you come on my face, like Mummy just did.”

The Kid sat on the bed with Maggie, observing the rapt expression on Ann’s face, her body pulsing with excitement. My sweetheart’s dream is finally comin’ true, she thought. And I’m gettin’ to see it happen.

“You want to lick me?” Ann breathed, resting a hand on her upper chest. Even as she spoke, Gracie knelt before her and was gently parting Ann’s legs.

“Yes… yes I do,” Gracie affirmed, “More than anything.”

Ann smiled down at the eager angelic face that was beaming up at her. “I would love that, Gracie.”

With those words, Gracie leaned forward and took a long slow lick, her tongue bathing the length of her new lover’s vulva. “Oh… oh, my,” Ann sighed, sinking back into the chair.

Gracie looked up. “You taste divine, Miss Purdy.” she said, then buried her mouth in Ann’s bush and began to feast on the older woman, just as she had done for Maggie.

Gently placing both hands on Gracie’s head, Ann lifted her feet and placed them on the edges of the chair, giving this exquisite child full access to her hot, wet cunt. No question about it — this little girl knew how to use her mouth, tongue and lips on a woman. Ann shook her head in wild abandon, her long hair coming undone to fall loose around her shoulders.

“Enjoy it, Ann,” Maggie said. “I assure you, my daughter loves nothing better than making a woman spend in her face.”

Rising from the bed, The Kid moved over to where Ann sat. She bent down to cup her lover’s breasts, taking hold of the taut nipples and lightly pinching them, Nuzzling her ear, The Kid whispered, “Go on, Ann. Do it now. Come for us.”

With a loud wail, Ann did just that, bathing the little girl’s face with her fluids. But Grace refused to stop,  keeping up her efforts until Ann reached a second orgasm that was even more frenzied than the first.

“Please s-stop!” Ann gasped as she pushed at Gracie’s head. “No more. I can’t bear any more pleasure. Oh, what a dear girl you are.” Clumsily dragging the child into her arms, she began to kiss and lick her own nectar from Gracie’s lips and chin.

Gathering up her clothes, The Kid said, “I had me a fine old time… but shucks, I got to go check up on things in town.” Dipping her head, she kissed Ann and Gracie in turn, then said, “Just one thing I need you to do, Ann.”

Ann looked up at The Kid, confused. “What’s that?”

“You oughta return the favor to Gracie… make her come, too.” She winked at Ann, then exited the room, blowing a kiss to Maggie before she closed the door.

Downstairs, The Kid washed up with the well water in the bucket, then quickly dressed. She put on her gun belt and Bowie knife… then as an afterthought, put on the gadget with the derringer.

She made her way into town, being careful to stay in the shadows and out of sight as much as she could. Nearing the livery stable, she saw a visibly fuming Mort Farnum ride in on one of Nate’s horses. Glancing up at the fading stars, The Kid touched the ring on its chain beneath her shirt.

***

Mac had stayed up that night in the stable, while Nate slept on the pallet he kept in his office. Mac spent the time whittling, taking an occasional pull from his bottle. He’d spent the past few weeks carving the head of an Indian chief, and was putting the final touches on the face.

He was squinting at it, trying to figure out if the nose was even on both sides, when that detective — Farnum, or Barnum, or whatever his handle was — came in leading the hammerhead roan, a grim expression on his face.

Placing his work to the side, Mac struggled to his feet. “Did ye have a good ride, then?” he asked.

Mort frowned as handed over the reins of the horse to Mac. “What’s open this time of night?”

“Well, th’ bars are closin’ soon, if they ain’t already. But if it’s food ye want, the Highland Cafe stays open all th’ time.”

The bulky man turned and stalked away without a word. Mac watched him go, shrugged, then patted the horse’s neck, speaking soothing words as he led her to a stall.

At the Cafe, Farnum ordered breakfast and coffee. Waiting for his meal to arrive, he brooded about the time he’d wasted at the Ruggles estate.

After looking the place over for a while, he’d finally gone to the door and knocked. A pompous butler had admitted him, then guided Farnum to a sitting room where he’d been left to cool his heels for nearly an hour before Mrs Ruggles, a crotchety old woman with a bandaged eye, bothered to put in an appearance.

It hadn’t gone well. He explained the circumstances of the case, and Mrs Ruggles told him in no uncertain terms that he was clearly after the wrong woman, who hadn’t been in her home for more than a week anyhow. Then she called him a blithering idiot, and ordered him to leave. The stiff-necked butler had shown Farnum out, the man’s lip curled in a sneer of disdain.

Mort’s reverie was interrupted by the arrival of his breakfast. With a sigh, he sprinkled his eggs with pepper, then tucked in. That Tequila Kid made a fool of me, he reflected, spearing a sausage with his fork.

In spite of it all, Mort had to grin wryly, shaking his head at how neatly he’d been taken in. That woman always knows how to put a burr in my britches… but damn it all, she’s got more sand than any man I’ve ever known.

***

Back at Andromeda’s house, Gracie was stretched out on the bed, smiling blissfully as Ann kissed, licked and touched every inch of the little girl’s body, savoring her like a good wine. Maggie was seated in the chair, gently stroking her slit as she enjoyed the show.

Soon, though, Gracie was whimpering, her need at fever pitch. “Please, Miss Ann,” she entreated, ”oh, please release me from this — this heavenly agony.”

Moistening her lips, Ann slowly drew toward the child’s smooth sex, breathing in the musky, yet delicate scent. She gazed at its bare beauty, drawn to it like a moth to the flame. Moving closer still, Ann extended her tongue, then trailed the tip of it through the sweet pink cleft, licking from the bottom to the top, ending with a tiny flick of Gracie’s clit.

A sweet shiver raced through the girl’s slender frame. “Oh, yes… oh, yes. That’s wonderful. Please d-don’t stop what you’re doing to me, Miss Purdy.” Gracie begged. “I — I love you!”

Taking another, deeper lick, Ann paused to sample the flavor of Gracie’s nectar. Mmmm, it’s divine. Just the way The Kid told me a little girl would taste. Parting her lips, she pressed her open mouth into the child’s vulva, covering it completely — then began to suck at the rosy flesh, not wanting to lose a drop. Like eating a ripe peach, she thought, but so much better.

Suddenly Andromeda felt two fingers slide into her cunt, then heard Maggie say, “Goodness me, Ann! I’d say that licking my daughter has made you wet all over again.”

I never stopped being wet, not for an instant, Ann thought, but she was too busy to reply. As she probed Gracie’s juicy treasure with her tongue, Ann slipped a finger between the eleven-year-old’s buttocks, seeking the tight little rosebud, then eased the length of it into her young lover’s anus.

Gracie seized up, going stiff for a few heartbeats, then her body shuddered and thrashed while she came, all the while informing every divine power in heaven of the rapture she felt. Her voice rose into a scream, she gave a violent jerk — then the child collapsed, lying limp and spent, bathed in perspiration.

Ann and Maggie stretched on either side of the panting girl, kissing and caressing her as she came down from the throes of ecstasy. Finally the three lovers were still, nestled together. A welcome hint of breeze drifted in through the open window, cooling their bodies.

Andromeda was drifting between wakefulness and sleep when she heard the downstairs clock chime the hour. Reluctantly sitting up, she stretched her achy limbs.

“Come… we can’t sleep,” she murmured to the others. “We have to wash up and get ourselves dressed, so we can get you to your ride out of town.”

***

Laying his knife and fork aside, Mort Farnum took out his pocket watch and examined it. A quarter to six. He paid for his breakfast and left the cafe, slowly making his way toward the depot. The stage left at six, and he intended to take Maggie McGill and her child into custody when they showed up to catch it.

At six sharp, Mort was pacing restlessly, glancing again and again at his watch, wondering where the stage was. Eight minutes later, he burst into the depot office, glaring at the ruddy man seated behind the counter.

“Why is the stage late, sir?” Mort demanded.

Jack’s face was redder than normal as he answered, “Why, it’s not one bit late. In fact, it went out early this mornin’ — left here at five-thirty.”

“Five-thirty!” Mort roared, banging his fist on the desk. “It left early? For what reason?”

Jack scratched his head. “Well, everyone was here. We had all the passengers and their baggage and the mail, so the drivers just figured they’d get an early start. Everyone was in agreement, so they left.”

A growl issued from the stocky man’s throat. “And was there a woman and little girl on board?”

“What, you mean Lady Wyeth-Boton and little Gracie? Yep, they were on board.” Jack answered. “Were you lookin’ for ‘em?”

In response, Mort turned and barrelled through the doorway, moving as fast as his bulk would permit until he reached the livery.

Mac had just taken a shot of whiskey and was putting the pint bottle back into his pocket when Farnum hastened into the stable. “I need a horse right now,” he bellowed, gasping for breath.

“Ye need another horse?” Mac asked, scratching his chin.

“Yes! Yes! Saddle one up for me! Now! Time is of the essence!”

As Mac prepared a horse for Mort, working as slowly as he dared, the seething detective asked, “Did a woman and girl take a horse from here?”

“Sure did.” Mac answered. “It was two horses, though.”

“This morning?”

“Naw, it was last night.”

“Tell me about it!” Mort ordered.

“That Lady Wyeth-Button woman, she rented a couple saddled horses and tied ‘em to the back of a buggy. She come back later with the buggy, but not them two horses,” Mac replied, reciting everything he’d been told to say.

“Didn’t you think that odd?” Mort asked.

Mac simply shrugged. “Naw. I don’t find nothin’ odd in this town.” He offered the reins of the saddled horse to Mort.

Quickly mounting up, Mort jammed his hat down, jerked at the reins, and was off. He rode at full speed, headed out of town in the direction the stage would have gone.

***

A half hour earlier, Marshal Russel and Ada Kelly walked into Sheriff Masters’ office. They exchanged greetings, and Russel said, “Deputy Tanner is waiting in the mail car of the train. The train departs at seven. Miss Kelly and I will get the prisoner ready now.”

Gus handed Russel the cell keys and put on his gun belt as he watched the marshal and Matron Kelly enter, closing the heavy wooden door behind them. Russel came back out moments later and had some coffee with Gus while Ada Kelly got Jessica Sinclair ready to go.

Suddenly they heard Ada call, “Marshal Russel, can you come here for a moment?”

The marshal got up and went through the heavy door, closing it behind him — then stopped cold in his tracks at what he saw. The cell door was open. Jessica Sinclair stood with a sharp object against Ada Kelly’s throat. A thin rivulet of red dripped down the neck of the terrified matron.

“Take off your gun belt, set it there on that stool and then step into the cell.” Jessica said softly, with a hard edge to her voice. “Make one false move, and I’ll cut this woman’s throat.”

With a clenched jaw, Russel did as he was told. Jessica backed out of the cell holding Ada, then shoved the woman into the cell. Drawing Russel’s gun from its holster, she tossed the sharpened spoon aside.

A coiled length of rope hung from a hook on a nearby wall. Brandishing the gun, Jessica took the rope down and tossed it to Ada. “Tie him up,” she said, pointing at Russel. Once she had, Jessica quickly tied up Ada, then locked them both in the cell.

She smiled at her captives. “Not a word,” she said, holding a finger to her lips, then leaned back against the wall to wait.

***

Back in the office, a frowning Gus said, “Hey, Jigs. Go see what’s holdin’ them up in there.”

Jigs opened the heavy door and went inside, then reappeared seconds later. Gus went pale as he saw his deputy stumbling back out, Jessica Sinclair holding a gun on him.

“Take off your gun belt, Sheriff,” Jessie ordered.

Gus removed it and slowly set it down on the table.

“Now open up that safe, or this man dies here and now,” Sinclair said, fixing the sheriff with her icy gaze.

“Don’t do it, Gus!” Jigs bellowed, “I’d rather die than let this bitch walk outta here.”

Jessie brought the gun butt down hard on the top of Jigs’ head, and he crumpled to the floor.

“Just cause he’s knocked out doesn’t mean I won’t shoot him, sheriff,” Jessie said. “Now get that safe open. I believe you’ve got something in there that belongs to me.” She gave a brief, screechy laugh, then her mouth went hard and cold again.

With a defeated sigh, Gus squatted down and began to turn the tumblers of the safe.

***

The Tequila Kid passed by the train station, where she introduced herself to Deputy Tanner. “I’m sure glad to see you, Kid,” Tanner said, pushing his hat back. “Can you go over to the sheriff’s office, see what’s takin’ them so damn long gettin’ the prisoner here?”

“Sure thing, Frank,” The Kid answered, and hurried into the street just in time to see Mort Farnum fly past on one of Nate’s horses, riding as if the hounds of hell were nipping at his heels.

Taking the back way to the sheriff’s office, The Kid cautiously approached, keeping her eyes and ears open for anything out of the ordinary. Sure enough, she heard something odd coming from the barred windows of the jail cells.

Taking a running jump, The Kid seized the bars, then hauled herself up to peer inside, feeling the blood drain from her face as she saw Marshal Russel and the matron lady, tied up and helpless in Jessie Sinclair’s cell.

“Thank God you’re here!” Russel whispered, then quickly filled The Kid in on what had happened.

Hanging on with one hand, The Kid took off her gun belt and slid it between the bars on the window, letting it drop to the floor. Then she tossed down her Bowie knife as well.

Though her wrists were beginning to ache, she managed to pull herself back up once more to look through the window. “Try and cut yourselves free,” she gasped. “If Sinclair comes back in, you’re armed now.” With that, The Kid let go of the bars and dropped to the ground. She paused for a few seconds to massage her wrists, then advanced around the building, headed for the front door.

As she drew closer, her anger steadily mounted, along with her determination to put an end to this, one way of the other. It didn’t matter that Jessie Sinclair was a cold-blooded killer, or that The Kid had just given up her guns. She had to act.

The Kid came in just as Gus laid the bundle of gold certificates on the table, next to his gun belt.

Jessie’s eyes lit up as The Kid crossed the threshold, “Perfect timing, bitch,” she said, in a voice that sounded almost friendly, though the hideous smile she wore belied her calm tone. “Didn’t even come armed, did you? Aw, isn’t that a shame. Now I get to kill you both.”

“You won’t get away,” The Kid said.

Jessie snorted. “Hell, I’ll just grab a horse off the street and be out of town in five minutes. With those drovers firing their guns all night, no one will even notice a few more shots.” She giggled.

Suddenly Gus lunged toward his gun on the table, and the pistol in Jessie’s hand spat out a burst of fire and roared. The sheriff’s head snapped back as the slug smashed into his body, then he collapsed in a heap on the floor. A haze of gunsmoke hung in the air.

Picking up the bundle of gold certificates with her free hand, Jessie hugged them to her chest, briefly closing her eyes. “Mine,” she whispered. “Mine.”

The Kid extended her right arm straight out. The cardsharp’s device flicked the derringer into her hand, the gun’s hammer already pulled back.

Jessie only sneered. “That bluff won’t work again, you stupid cunt.” She began to raise her gun.

Dang, The Kid thought. I can’t remember if I reloaded it or not. It’s a two-shot derringer, but I ain’t sure if there’s one bullet or two or none at all in it.

Pulling the trigger, The Kid felt sick when she heard the gun give an empty click.

Jessie slowly pulled the hammer back — taking her time, savoring the moment. “Time to die,” she said.

The Kid cocked the derringer, squeezing the trigger as Jessie’s gun roared once more.

***

Detective Mort Farnum could see the stage ahead of him. Even in the cloud of dust, he was able to detect the shape of baggage tied to the top. Leaning forward in the saddle, he lashed his horse hard until it pulled in front of the stage, then rode a hundred yards or so ahead before stopping the animal in the middle of the road, raising his hands.

The drivers brought the stage to a stop. One was a young man, not much older than a boy, who was holding the reins, then an older man brandishing a shotgun. “We got no valuables in the strongbox, mister,” the man growled, taking aim. “Now clear this road, or I’ll cut you down where you sit.”

“My name’s Farnum, and I’m a detective with the Pinkertons,” Mort declared, fixing the man with a frosty stare. “I have reason to believe that a wanted fugitive is riding this stage.”

The man and the boy exchanged glances, then laughed. “Do you, now?” the man replied. “Well, take you a look inside.” Without turning his head, he addressed the boy. “Hiram, get you down and open the door for this fella.”

Hiram climbed down, and the man’s eyes narrowed as he studied the stout detective. “No sudden moves from you, mind. My trigger finger’s feelin’ a mite anxious of late.”

Dismounting the horse, Mort folded his arms as he waited for the boy. Hiram shambled over, pausing to spit on the ground before he took hold of the handle and opened the passenger door of the stage.

There was an old man and woman sitting there. No one else. “What we stoppin’ fer?” the woman asked.

“Wasn’t there a woman and girl on board?” Mort bellowed, glaring up at the man with the shotgun.

The man slowly nodded. “Yep, there was.”

Fighting to keep his anger under control, Mort asked, “Well, where are they now?”

“Oh, they got off, ‘bout a mile back,” the man said.

“Got off?” Mort yelled. “What d’you mean, got off?”

The younger man spoke. “They had a couple horses, all saddled up an’ ready. The lady had us stop, then she and the little girl mounted up and rode off west.” He peered up at his companion. “You sure it was a mile back, Charlie? Seems to me it was ‘bout half a mile.”

“Weren’t we near that stand of barrel cactus?” Charlie replied. “That’s more like a mile. An’ I thought they rode due east.”

Yanking his hat off, Mort dashed it to the ground and stood stone still for a long moment, grinding his teeth. Finally he bent to pick up the now battered derby and clapped it on his head, then got back on the horse and rode off, headed back the way he’d come.

Hiram clambered back up top, then he and Charlie watched as the fat man vanished into the distance. They smiled at each other and shook hands. Taking up the reins, Hiram got the horses moving.

Putting his shotgun aside, Charlie said, “Well, that worked just like The Kid figgered it would. Reckon she’ll be pleased… and we just made us ten bucks apiece!” He gave a satisfied chuckle.

On the way back to Knuckle Ridge, Mort studied both sides of the road, but found no evidence of horse tracks. Finally, a mile before reaching town, he gave up.

***

Jigs jerked awake, sputtering from the water that had been thrown in his face. As he slowly hoisted himself up, groaning and holding his head, the dazed deputy spied Gus lying on the floor near the safe in a pool of blood.

“Shit!” he gasped, then turned at the sound of a door opening, the heavy wooden one that led to the cells. Jigs fumbled for his gun, but only found an empty holster. His eyes widened in alarm, then he sighed with relief to see The Kid emerge, Marshal Russel and Ada Kelly close behind. The side of The Kid’s shirt was torn and bloody.

“Jigs!” The Kid snapped, “Since you ain’t dead after all, get up and help us carry Gus over to Doc Johnson’s. I think there’s still some life in him yet.” She looked at the still body on the floor, her eyes filling with tears. “There’s gotta be life in him.”

As Jigs scrambled to his feet, still wincing in pain, he saw Jessica Sinclair, stretched out on the floor. Her eyes were wide open along with her mouth, giving a very surprised expression to the woman’s pale face.

In the center of the woman’s forehead was a small neat hole, a drying trickle of blood beneath it. Under the head was a spreading puddle of crimson.

Jigs moved to join the others, already standing around Gus. Carefully lifting the sheriff’s limp body, they carried him out the door, bound for the doctor’s office.

***

As Doc Johnson washed the blood off his hands, his wife Alice finished bandaging Gus’s wound.

“He lost a lot of blood, but he’ll pull through all right. The bullet missed his vitals,” Doc Johnson said. “Reckon you got him here just in time. Now let me take a gander at that wound in your side, Kid.”

“I just got my ribs creased, Doc,” The Kid replied. “I think you best check Jigs’ skull first.”

Shaking his head, the doctor went over to where Jigs sat, saying, “Alice, take a look at The Kid there for me.”

After Alice bathed the wound in The Kid’s side, she closed it with two stitches, then removed the stitch from the bridge of The Kid’s nose. With a wry smile, Alice said, “One out, two in.”

The Kid was just shrugging back into her shirt when Mort Farnum entered the doctor’s office, having heard what had happened upon his return to town. He was dismayed at the sight of Gus, but Doc Johnson was quick to assure him that Sheriff Masters was going to pull through.

“And how about you, Kid?” Farnum asked, strolling over to where she sat.

“I’ll live, I reckon. You catch that McGill woman?”

“No, I did not,” Mort replied. “She and her daughter got away. Took the stage a few miles out of town, then had horses waiting for them. No idea where they rode to from there, but I’ve chased those two as much as I intend to. I’ll be leaving town on the afternoon stage.”

“Well, don’t feel too bad, Mort,” The Kid said. “At least that dead man Yves De Bries didn’t get away.”

Mort Farnum seemed about to say something sharp, then thought better of it. Instead, he jabbed a pudgy finger in the direction of The Kid and gruffly said, “You still owe me a drink.” Then he turned and left.

***

Gracie McGill watched the scenery as it rolled past the train window. “Mummy? When will we get to San Francisco?”

“A week or so,” Maggie answered her daughter. Right now, we’re almost to Austin. There, we catch another train to Denver, and then we take one that goes straight to California.”

Gracie nodded. “And we don’t have to do seances ever again… do we?”

“No, darling,” Maggie replied, taking Gracie’s small hand in hers. “That awful Sinclair woman took the money we made from Mrs Ruggles when she killed the Count, but The Kid got it all back for us, all two thousand dollars. Along with what we earn at Miss Mayflower’s establishment, We’ll be able to travel to Australia in style, and have plenty left over.”

“Will I like Auntie Grace and my cousins, do you think?”

Maggie smiled, bending to kiss her child’s head. “Oh, I’m certain you will. My little sister Grace is a wonderful woman — that’s why I named you after her. I know she’ll love you to bits. The last time I saw her girls was, oh, seven years ago, but they were adorable.” She paused to think. “Ruth should be thirteen or so, Kate ten, and little Lucy… she must be at least eight by now.” She paused, leaning in close to murmur, “You know, Grace tells me that where they live is very private, and the girls often run around completely naked.”

“My goodness!” a blushing Gracie exclaimed, very much liking the idea of going nude with three other girls. “Um, does Auntie Grace like to be naked, too…?”

“She didn’t mention that in her letter,” Maggie said, “but if not, perhaps I could persuade her to try it. If you and her girls are spending your time in the altogether, I’ll certainly want to join in!”

Gracie sighed happily, nestling against her mother.

***

Two train cars behind the coach that Maggie and Gracie rode in, there rested a pine box that held the mortal remains of Jessica Sinclair, wrapped in canvas. Once the train reached Austin, Marshal Russel and Deputy Tanner would remove the box from the mail car. From there, it would be transferred to Jessica’s final resting place.

***

Andromeda Purdy exited the train platform, having bid a warm farewell to the McGills, watching the old 84 chugging down the tracks until it vanished in the distance.

As she left the station, Ann ran into Jack, who told her about the gunplay at the jail. Alarmed, she hastened to the doctor’s office to check on Gus, and was relieved to find the sheriff awake and able to speak with her. The Kid had already left.

When Ann heard about The Kid’s wound, she immediately set off for home. As she passed the telegraph office, Josh called out, “Miss Purdy?” from behind the counter.

When she entered, he told her, “Got a telegram for The Kid, and it looks important. Will you’ll be seein’ her anytime soon?”

“Oh, I expect I will,” she said, then read the wire’s contents. “Actually, Josh, I want to send a reply to this.”

Josh reached for his pad. “What’ll it be?”

“Just let them know The Kid was wounded in the line of duty, and is unable to travel,” Ann answered.

“I did hear about that. She’s not bad hurt though — right?”

“No, indeed. Just a scratch, I’ve been told.”

Josh’s fingers flew as he tapped out Ann’s reply. “Well, you give her my best. Um, that’ll be a buck twenty-five.”

***

Fifteen minutes later, Ann entered her house to find The Kid sound asleep on the sofa, only wearing her Levi Strauss denim pants. Ann watched her lover’s bare breasts move up and down as she breathed. The gold wedding ring on its chain shone against The Kid’s skin. On the young woman’s right side, a bandage covered her ribs. Two shot glasses had been placed on the coffee table; both had been filled with tequila.

The telegram was still in Ann’s right hand. She glanced at it again.

TO: THE TEQUILA KID, KNUCKLE RIDGE, TEXAS
FROM: CAPTAIN DEEK RICHARDS, AUSTIN, TEXAS
COME TO AUSTIN IMMEDIATELY STOP URGENT MISSION STOP

Folding the paper into quarters, Ann slipped it into the pocket of her skirt. She picked up one of the shot glasses and drained its contents with a swallow. She refilled it, then sat down in her rocking chair, watching The Kid sleep.

I know her all too well, Ann reasoned. If I tell her about this, The Kid will saddle up and ride off to Austin tonight, never mind her wound.

She smiled to herself. I’ll simply forget I have this telegram for a few days. Austin is thick with Texas Rangers… let one of them take that so-called urgent mission. I want my avenging angel all to myself for a little while longer.

The End

1

Greenfield Tales, Chapter 1

  • Posted on November 10, 2020 at 3:44 pm

By JB West

Note from JetBoy: A new story from a new author. I was uncertain what to make of this one at first… now, several chapters down the line, I can’t wait to see where he takes the plot next. This story takes time to build, but do stick with it — the payoff is worth it and then some. Welcome to Juicy Secrets. JB!

***

For helpful information about this story’s main characters, please consult The Girls and Women of Greenfield Tales

Part 1 – Mommy Fell Down

Our story begins in June, on one of those beautiful summer evenings when the heat of the day finally subsides, causing a slight chill to creep into the air.

Six-year-old Katie Connors was seated on the floor of her living room, enjoying the cool breeze that was lightly blowing into the room through the screened-in back door of the house. Having just finished their meal, she would have normally been in the kitchen helping her mother clean up, but this evening Katie had asked her mother if she could go finish coloring since their dinner had interrupted the page she’d been working on. As there was very little to clean up and because Katie had asked so politely, her mother told her she could.

Katie was just finishing up the red of a ladybug’s shell when she heard her mother yelp, then the crash of a plate breaking on the hardwood floor of the kitchen. That sound was immediately followed by a loud bang and a thump.

Dropping her crayon, Katie jumped up and ran to the kitchen to see what had happened. Her mother was lying in the middle of the floor, next to the open dishwasher. There were pieces of broken ceramic strewn all across the hardwood, and a small pool of blood was starting to collect on the floor under her mother’s head. The blood was pouring out of a huge gash on her forehead.

Katie rushed to her mother’s side.

“Mommy?” she said, gently shaking her mother’s shoulder. There was no response. Her mother was unconscious but breathing.

Katie knew exactly what she needed to do, because she had been taught how to respond to an emergency by both her mother and Mrs. Brody, her kindergarten teacher. She quickly located her mother’s cell phone on the countertop and punched in the code to unlock it. 01-23-14, Katie’s birthday. She then dialed 9-1-1.

“9-1-1, what’s your emergency?” said the woman on the other end of the call.

“M-Mommy fell down!” Katie cried into the phone as tears began to stream down her cheeks.

“Your mother had an accident?”

“Yes. Her head is bleeding really bad and — and she won’t wake up.”

The operator quickly sent out an alert to the town’s emergency services, then returned to the little girl, speaking to her in a comforting voice. She had four children of her own, all grown, and knew how to soothe a distraught child. “Sweetheart, can you tell me your name, please?”

“My n-name is Katie.”

“All right, Katie. Are there any other grownups there with you besides your mom?”

“No.”

“All right. Katie, can you tell me your address?” The operator had the cell phone’s GPS data, but needed to confirm the address to make sure the first responders went to the correct place.

“Um, 416 Eagle Ridge Lane,” Katie replied. “In Greenfield.”

The operator forwarded this new information to the paramedics and police who would be handling the call.

“Okay So, Katie, do you have any paper towels or some kind of cloth nearby that you can use to help slow your mother’s bleeding?”

Looking around the kitchen, Katie saw a dishcloth lying next to the sink. She grabbed it and knelt down next to her mother. She couldn’t tell very easily where her mother was bleeding from, as the whole top of her head seemed to be covered in blood, but she remembered the gash she’d seen and gently laid the cloth across her mother’s forehead and applied pressure to the wound.

Katie was a very smart little girl who knew what to do in this type of emergency. She had read in a book about a similar situation where a man had gotten his leg caught in an animal trap. The author of the novel had written a rather detailed passage explaining how, after the man freed himself, he had stopped the bleeding and treated the wound. At the time, Katie thought it was really gross, and wondered why anybody would ever describe something like that in such detail. Now she was thankful for that book because it was helping her help her mommy.

“Katie? Did you find a towel or anything?” the operator asked, breaking Katie’s train of thought.

“Yes. I’m holding a towel over the cut, but it’s still bleeding really bad… and she’s still not waking up!”

“That’s okay, sweetheart. Just keep holding it there. It will really help your mom a lot.”

At that moment Katie realized that she was sobbing. And that made her cry much harder. There she was, sitting on the floor next to her unconscious mother, holding a cloth to her bleeding head with one hand, clutching the phone to her ear with the other.

Katie was smart enough to grasp the severity of the situation and knew that remaining calm was better than panicking. Still, she was only six years old and had never been in a situation like this before. A million scary questions started to run through her mind. Would her mom be okay? What if she wasn’t? What if she died? Who would take care of her? Where would she go? With each question, Katie’s fear grew more intense. Even though the operator was still on the line, talking to her in a gentle voice, Katie was no longer paying attention. It was only the sound of the siren coming from outside that snapped the child out of her darkening thoughts.

Springing to her feet, Katie raced to the front door opening it wide. A man and a woman were quickly advancing up the front walk, both dressed in the blue uniforms of the local fire department’s emergency services. The man was carrying a large bag, while the woman held what looked like a folded up canvas lawn chair. The woman hurried to Katie’s side.

“Where’s your mom, honey?” she asked. Katie led them to the kitchen and the EMTs got to work.

Katie just stood back, still crying, and watched. She was still in shock over the whole situation, but a part of her found it fascinating. She’d never seen emergency workers doing their jobs up close before. She watched intently, taking in all their actions, paying close attention to the technical terms they were using. She didn’t understand much, but made a mental note to investigate it all when she had the chance.

That’s when Katie felt the presence of another person behind her. She turned around, looked up and saw another woman, this one in a police officer’s uniform. Katie had been taught that in an emergency the first thing you should do is call 9-1-1, but after that you should find a grownup to help you, preferably a parent, teacher or police officer.

The officer looked down at Katie and smiled, then pulled a handkerchief out of her back pocket, knelt next to the child and began to dab her tears away.

“You must be Katie,” she said.

Katie sniffled and nodded her head.

“I’m Officer Dean,” the officer continued. “But you can call me Deena if you’d like.”

Katie scrunched up her nose. “That’s a weird nickname.”

“It’s not a nickname. My first name is Deena. I’m Officer Deena Dean.” She smiled at Katie and gave her a quick wink.

For some reason, Katie thought this was kind of funny and snickered a little bit, although she was still mostly crying. Officer Dean then stood up, placing a hand on Katie’s shoulder, and carefully guided the child into the living room. Deena walked her over to the couch, avoiding the crayons and coloring book which were still spread out all over the floor.

“Mind if I borrow this, Katie?” Gently taking the cell phone from the little girl’s hand, she held it to her ear.

“Shelby? Hey, it’s Deena… Yeah, everything’s good here. Bob and Michelle are attending to Ms. Connors right now… Uh-huh, Katie’s okay. She’s right here with me. Hey, thanks for staying on the line with her… Oh, for sure I will… Yes… Okay, talk to ya later. Bye.”

Officer Dean placed the phone on the arm of the couch, then seated herself next to the little girl. Once again, she used her handkerchief to dab away Katie’s tears, but the child had already stopped crying. The initial shock of the situation had worn off, and now there were nice people helping her and Mommy.

Folding up her handkerchief, Deena laid it on Katie’s lap and smiled at her. She then reached behind the girl and started to lightly rub small circles on her back. This had a very calming effect on Katie. It was the same thing Mommy would do to her whenever she was upset about something. Deena continued to stroke the young girl’s back while whispering soothing words to the child. The light massage was helping Katie to relax, exactly the effect that Deena had hoped for.

Just then, the man in the kitchen called out, “Hey, Deena — we’re coming out now. Can you get the front door?”

Officer Dean stood up and moved to the entrance, opening the interior door all the way, then stepping outside and holding the storm door open as wide as possible. Katie glanced back to see the EMTs come out of the kitchen, carrying her mother on a canvas and aluminum frame stretcher. A large blood-soaked bandage was wrapped around the woman’s head, partially obscuring her face. She was still unconscious, and one of her arms hung limply, dangling off the side of the stretcher.

Seconds later, the child’s mother had been carried through the living room and out to the ambulance. Katie tried to follow, but Officer Dean took her by the arm.

“Sweetie, they have to take your mom to the hospital now. We’ll follow in a few minutes, but it’s best we not get in their way. We don’t want to slow them down, right?”

Katie looked up at Deena and nodded. Instead, she watched as the EMTs loaded her mother into the back of the ambulance. The woman stayed in the back with her, while the man climbed out and closed the doors, then ran around to the driver’s side. A few seconds later, the siren started up and the ambulance did a quick U-turn and sped away down the street. Katie and officer Dean watched the vehicle until it reached the end of the street and turned the corner, disappearing from view.

Across the street, Katie saw her friend Angela standing with her mother near the end of their driveway. The girl waved, but Katie was too stricken to respond, and just turned around and walked back inside. Officer Dean followed her back to the couch, and they both sat down.

“Katie?” Deena asked softly. The girl looked up at her. “When will your dad be home?”

“I don’t have one. He’d died when I was little.”

“Oh.”

Deena looked around the room. Upon entering the house, she’d noticed a family portrait on the wall. A very handsome couple with a young girl, maybe two or three years old, in the woman’s arms. But then she noticed that it was the only photo of the man in the room. All of the other photos were either pictures of Katie on her own, or with her mother.

“Do you have any relatives nearby… or maybe a neighbor who takes care of you when your mom goes out?”

Katie thought about it for a second, then said, “Aunt Rachel, I guess.”

Deena picked up the phone from where she’d left it. “This is your mom’s phone, right?”

“Uh-huh.”

“Do you know the code to unlock it?”

The little girl nodded. “Zero, one, two, three, one, four.” She smiled shyly. “My birthday.”

Officer Dean entered the code and the phone unlocked. She did a quick scan of the contacts list and saw an entry for Rachel Hayes. She showed it to Katie.

“Is this your aunt?” Deena asked. Katie nodded again.

Officer Dean selected the entry and the phone dialed. On the fourth ring a woman answered.

“Hey, Kim. What’s up?” This was immediately followed by the sound of a child screaming in the background. “Hold on a sec, Kim.” Then, though somewhat muffled, Deena heard, “Samuel Henry Hayes, you be quiet. I’m on the phone.” There was a small scuffling noise, followed by what sounded like a door banging shut. “Hey, sis, sorry about that. Boys will be boys. So, what’s up?”

“Um, hello. Am I speaking with Rachel Hayes?”

“Uhh… yes. Who is this?”

“My name is Officer Dean. I’m with the Greenfield Police Department.”

“Oh, what, did Kim lose her phone again? I swear, that’s gotta be like the fifth one in two years.”

“No, ma’am. I’m calling to inform you that your sister has been in an accident and–”

“What? Oh my God! Is she — is she okay?”

“Yes. Yes. She’s alive. She was unconscious, but breathing on her own. They’re taking her to the hospital now.”

“Oh, okay. Thank God.” There was a sigh of relief, followed by a brief pause. “Wait — where is Katie? Was she hurt, too?”

“She’s perfectly fine. Here, hold on a second.” Deena switched on the speakerphone. ”Say hi, Katie.”

“Hi, Aunt Rachel.”

“Oh, Katie, thank goodness. You’re really okay?”

“Yeah, I’m fine. I was scared, but I’m not hurt or anything. Mommy fell down in the kitchen and hit her head really bad, and she was bleeding all over the place and she wouldn’t wake up.”

“Oh, Katie.” The woman’s voice broke a bit. “So, you’re all right, then.”

“Uh-huh.”

“She was really brave,” Deena chimed in. “The 9-1-1 operator said that she may very well have saved her mother’s life because of her quick response.” Katie hadn’t thought about that. The idea that she’d saved her mommy’s life was too much for her to process right then. She almost started crying again, but didn’t have any tears left.

“Well, Katie has always been such a wonderful little girl. So smart and kind. I’m not surprised at all that she’s brave as well.” Katie smiled and blushed to hear such lavish praise from the two women. For a moment, she almost forgot to feel worried.

Officer Dean was speaking again, “I’m going to be taking Katie to the hospital soon so she can be with her mom. I can wait with her for as long as needed, but…”

“Oh, of course, I’ll be there as soon as I can. Um, where did they take Kim to…?”

“She’ll be at Saint Luke’s Hospital,” Deena said.

“The one just off the highway, right?”

“That’s the one. We’re going to head over there now. We’ll probably be in the ER, but if you can’t find us I’ll have your sister’s phone with me so you can call.”

“Sounds good. It will probably take me, oh, about an hour to get there. I live up in the city.”

“Just take your time and don’t rush. I’ll stay with Katie until you arrive. We don’t need another accident in your family tonight.”

“Yes, I agree.” Rachel said. “Thank you, Officer…uh…”

“Dean.”

“Yes, Officer Dean. Thank you for everything. I’ll see you both soon.” Click.

Deena put the phone in her pocket, then she and Katie did a quick walk-through of the house to make sure all the windows were closed and the exterior doors locked. Katie picked up her coloring book and crayons while Deena inspected the kitchen. She had been at accident scenes that were far bloodier, but she knew that Katie ought not to see this.

She quickly closed and locked the back door, then quickly swept up the pieces of broken plate and threw away the discarded medical supplies and waste. She didn’t have the time to clean up all the blood, but wiped the worst of it away with a sponge she found in the sink. She noticed Ms. Connor’s purse while in the kitchen and grabbed it to bring along, figuring that the woman would need her things when she woke up, especially her ID and insurance card. There was a set of keys in the purse, which Deena used to lock up the house before she set off for the hospital in her squad car, little Katie alongside in the passenger’s seat.

***

Part 2 – A Day Off

At that moment across town, a young woman named Cassidy Page was sitting in her living room perusing social media feeds on her phone. It seemed to be a pretty slow news day, and none of her friends had posted anything all that interesting. She glanced up at the television, which she’d turned on about half an hour earlier. There was an ad for an insurance company, the one with the talking animal who wants to convince you that his company has the best, yet somehow the cheapest plan available. Cassidy rolled her eyes, then glanced back down at her phone. Realizing that she’d already checked everything worth checking, she tossed it onto the empty seat beside her with a sigh.

After sitting there for a couple of minutes watching the TV without really paying attention, Cassidy noticed that her hand had inadvertently wandered between her legs. She was tracing the seam of her denim cutoffs and, not too coincidentally, the line of her slit.

This, of course, did not surprise Cassidy. Even as a young girl, she’d always found herself touching that special place whenever her mind wandered. Some girls might tap their toes in a steady rhythm. Some girls might play with their hair, twirling it around a finger. Some girls might chew on their fingernails. But Cassidy’s habit was a wandering hand that always seemed to end up in that same place.

She let herself enjoy the sensation for a few moments longer, then she pulled her hand away. She wanted to get off, but not on her own. She wanted sex. She wanted to feel another person’s skin on hers. Another person’s hot breath and dirty words whispered into her ear. Her body explored in every way imaginable. She wanted to fuck, and wouldn’t be satisfied with less. So she denied herself immediate gratification in favor of waiting for what she knew would be a mind-blowing orgasm at the hands of her lover.

In fact, Cassidy had woken up horny and had been feeling the itch all day. The night before, she’d gone out to dinner and a concert in the city with a group of friends. Her plan had been to cap off the night with some wild sex, but the evening had gotten away from her when she drank too much, then indulged in a few too many hits from a joint that got passed around at the show. She ended up so out of it that when they arrived home, her fiancée had to carry her in from the car and put her to bed. All Cassidy got was a chaste kiss on the lips and a few tender words before she passed out for the night.

Upon waking in the morning she found that her fiancée had already left for work. On her bedside table she saw a glass of water and a bottle of aspirin. There was also a note:

Take two of these and call me when you wake up. Doctor’s orders. I love you.

Cassidy smiled as she read the note, then winced as she noticed the pounding in her head. Shaking two tablets from the bottle, she washed them down with a big gulp of water. She needed to pee, but instead she rolled over and went back to sleep.

When she woke again, a glance at the bedside clock told her that it was almost noon. She had a number of small errands that needed doing, but decided that even though she was feeling somewhat better, she would rather just hang out around the house and have a lazy day.

Cassidy got out of bed, took a shower, had a pee and slipped into her bikini. She figured she could lie out in the sun, work on her tan and maybe read another few chapters of the trashy romance novel that she’d been working her way through. She grabbed a banana from the fruit bowl, always good for a hangover, and poured herself a glass of orange juice. She thought about it for a second, then grabbed the vodka from the freezer and poured a shot’s worth into her OJ. A little hair of the dog was also good for a rough morning after, at least she thought so.

Heading through the sliding door and into the back yard, Cassidy sat down in her lounge chair next to the pool. That’s when she noticed her next door neighbor, Mr. Withers, looking at her as he trimmed the hedge that ran along the property line. He raised his hand and tilted it to the side a bit, his way of saying hello. She returned the gesture.

“Hi, Mr. Withers. How ya doin’ today?” Cassidy called.

He bowed slightly. “I’m doing very well. How’re you?”

“Ugh. Not so great.”

A look of concern crossed his face, “Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. Anything I can do to help? Maybe get Marianne to whip you up a batch of chicken soup?”

Cassidy chuckled a little bit at that. “No, you don’t need to do that. I’m not really sick. Just a slight case of the, um, bottle flu.”

Now it was Mr. Withers’ turn to chuckle. “Aw, you’re young. You should be fine in no time.” He then motioned at the small table beside her. “That glass of juice and the banana should help.”

Grinning, Cassidy picked up the glass and held it out like she was making a toast. “It’s a Screwdriver,” she said, taking a big sip.

Mr. Withers let out a big guffaw and gave her a thumbs up. “Even better.” He stood there for a second, smiling at her, then said, “Well, give us a call if you do need anything. We should be home all day.”

Just then Cassidy realized that she had forgotten to call her fiancée. Quickly standing up, she said, “Oh, wow. I just remembered that I need to make a phone call. Thanks for the offer.”

Right before she turned to go inside, Cassidy caught Mr. Withers giving her a quick up-and-down look, pausing briefly at her chest. She suspected that he was probably checking out her ass as she walked away, so she gave her hips a quick little wiggle. She wasn’t attracted to Mr. Withers, not at all, but he was a pretty nice guy even if he liked to sneak peeks at her and her girlfriends whenever they hung out around the pool. She figured that giving him something to think about while in bed with his wife was the neighborly thing to do.

Back indoors, she found her phone and hit the link to her fiancée’s number. There was no answer. Probably busy with work, she decided, and sent a quick text instead:

thanks 4 the meds doc. luv u lots. XOXOX

She wandered back outside and climbed back onto her lounge chair, noticing that Mr. Withers was no longer in his yard. Picking up her book, Cassidy started to read.

Truth be told, the book was fairly terrible, but she’d always had a soft spot for bad romance novels. She actually liked them more if they had a ludicrous plot and cheesy dialogue. The more serious they were, the less inclined she was to read them through to the end. Basically, she just wanted to read about shallow but good-looking people having hot sex. This book had plenty of that, and she loved it.

She read for a couple of hours, occasionally letting her free hand rest on her bikini clad pussy, giving it light caresses and teasing her clit every now and then. She also pinched and lightly twisted her nipples a few times, making them all but visible through the fabric of her bikini top, like little tents. She knew that if Mr. Withers happened to see her in this state, he’d probably have a tent of his own to worry about. That thought made her giggle. Before long, however, the combination of the booze and the hot afternoon sun worked their combined magic on her, and she fell soundly asleep.

Waking for the third time that day, Cassidy checked her phone, surprised to see that it was about a quarter after six. Thankfully, it looked as though some late afternoon clouds had rolled in, blocking out the sun and sparing her from a bad burn. She also noticed that she’d just missed a call a few minutes earlier, and that her text had been returned.

Feeling better? I hope so. I had an
emergency come up at work and might be
late tonight. Don’t wait up. Love you lots.

Gathering up her things, Cassidy went inside. The temperature had cooled considerably and she felt a slight chill, so she slipped into her favorite pair of cutoffs and one of her fiancée’s t-shirts. Flopping down on the couch, she turned on the TV to see if there was anything about the “emergency” on the news. Probably not. She lived in a quiet town which wasn’t really interesting enough for the local news stations out of the city to give much coverage to. Picking up her phone, she started scrolling through her social media. Nothing there, either. Oh, well — I’ll hear all about it later… and if not, it probably wasn’t that big a deal.

***

Part 3 – Trouble

Arriving at the hospital, Rachel Hayes quickly found a parking spot for her Range Rover, and ran for the entrance of the ER, all but dragging her daughter Emily behind. She hadn’t intended to bring the child along, but the girl had pleaded to be allowed to go with her, until she was on the verge of crying. Emily and Katie were only two years apart and very close, almost like sisters. Rachel didn’t have time to argue with her daughter so she quickly conceded to Emily’s wishes and agreed to let her come along.

Rachel had been in a hurry while trying to get herself and Emily ready to leave the house on such short notice and had forgotten to grab her purse. Her wallet and phone were in the bag so she had no choice but to to double back and retrieve it. So now, nearly two hours after she’d received the call from the Greenfield police, Rachel and her daughter finally made it to the hospital. Rachel inquired at the ER reception desk about her sister and was told to take a seat, that someone would be with them before too long.

The wait felt like hours, but was really only ten minutes. Rachel was glancing up at the clock on the wall when she heard a voice address her from behind. “Mrs. Hayes?”

Quickly standing, Rachel turned and looked into the face of a boy. Well, that’s what she thought for a brief moment. On second look he was obviously an adult, but Rachel suspected that he couldn’t be more than twenty — a volunteer from the local college, she decided, perhaps an orderly. “Yes. I’m Mrs. Hayes.”

The man smiled, extending a hand “Hi. I’m Doctor Malcolm. I’ve been taking care of your sister.” That was when Rachel noticed the I.D. badge clipped to the breast pocket of his scrubs.

Rudolf Malcolm M.D.
Emergency Medicine

She shook his hand, suddenly feeling like she was on the bad end of a terrible prank, that soon she would find out that there had been no accident and that all this had been done at her expense. The doctor then looked down at Emily and held out his hand to shake hers. “And you must be Emily. Katie’s told me all about you. She’ll be really happy to see you.”

“Uh… Doctor? Can you tell me how she is?” Rachel asked.

“Follow me. We can talk while we walk.” Dr. Malcolm led them through the double wide swinging doors that led beyond the waiting area, pausing briefly to administer a fair amount of hand sanitizer from a wall-mounted dispenser. Rachel and Emily each got a dollop as well.

“You sister is doing quite nicely,” the doctor began, glancing back over his shoulder at Rachel as he led mother and daughter down the brightly lit corridor. “She regained consciousness in the ambulance on the way here. She’s been alert and responsive to all our questions. She knows who she is. She knows two plus two, and could tell me how many fingers I was holding up.” Dr. Malcolm raised two fingers, making a peace sign. “However… she did hit her head pretty hard. We took her in for a CT scan and we’re still waiting on the results. The good news is that she doesn’t appear to have fractured her skull or any other bones when she fell, and the CT will be able to tell us if there are other brain injuries or any bleeding that we need to address.”

The doctor then led them into a room. Kim was sitting up in the bed, dressed in a hospital gown with an I.V. and heart monitor connected to her body, a large bandage wrapped around her head. She was smiling and cuddling Katie, who was sitting on the bed next to her. Standing near the foot of the bed was a female police officer — the woman she’d spoken to earlier on the phone, Rachel assumed.

As Dr. Malcolm led Rachel and Emily into the room, Kim smiled hugely. “Look who’s here!” she said to her daughter.

When Katie looked up and saw her aunt and cousin, she immediately hopped off the bed, ran over to where they stood and hugged them both. She didn’t know why, but for some reason it made her start crying all over again. In spite of doing her very best to be brave, she’d begun to sob during the ride to the hospital when worry and fear had crept back in. It took Deena several minutes to calm her down after that. Then she cried when she was brought in to see her mother for the first time since the ambulance took her away. But those were happy tears, and it only took Kim a few seconds to banish them with a hug, a kiss and the soothing words that a mother knows how to say.

Now Katie was weeping again and couldn’t stop. Rachel and Emily held the child close and gently rocked her to and fro. Rachel looked over at her sister, who had tears of her own welling up in her eyes. Sniffling, Kim held out her hand and motioned to her to come over. Rachel joined her sister, taking Kim’s hand in hers as she stood next to the bed.

“I think she’s just really tired.” Kim said. “Exhausted.”

Rachel looked down at her sister and mouthed the words “I love you.” Kim did the same, then squeezed her sister’s hand. The two women looked back at their daughters, who were holding each other, Katie’s sobs coming less frequently, then dissipating altogether.

Rachel then noticed that Dr. Malcolm had slipped out of the room, perhaps because he felt awkward being in such an intimate situation, or maybe he had other patients to check on. Officer Dean, however, was still standing in the corner of the room down by the foot of the bed, looking as if she felt a bit uncertain about being there. Rachel caught her eye.

“Officer… Dean, was it?” Rachel asked.

“Yes, ma’am.” Deena replied.

“I’m sorry. I’m so bad with names. Never forget a face, though.” And that was true. While she didn’t have a photographic memory, Rachel was quite adept at recognizing and remembering people by their faces, even if she’d only met them once.

“Don’t worry about it. It’s been a stressful day for you, I’m sure. I’m just glad I was able to help the little bit that I could,” Deena said.

“Little bit? There’s nothing little about it. You’re a hero.” Rachel said.

“All I did was make a phone call and keep Katie company for a while.” Deena protested.

“No, that’s not all you did.” Rachel drew close to Deena, looked the younger woman in the eye and said, “You protected my niece when she was vulnerable, kept her company when she needed it. You could have dumped her on one of these nurses here, but you didn’t. You are a hero. At least in my book.”

“Mine too.” Kim said.

“Mine three!” Katie chirped, her tears forgotten.

“Yeah,” said Emily.

The two little girls rushed over to Deena, each one wrapping her arms around one of the woman’s thighs, hugging her tightly. Deena’s face immediately turned red, and for the first time that evening, she felt a little teary herself.

Reaching down, she gently caressed the back of each girl’s head. They looked up at her and smiled. That’s when Deena knew she was in trouble.

On to Chapter Two!

Ice and Fire, Part Two

  • Posted on November 7, 2020 at 3:25 pm

By No One

Riley examined herself in the mirror, turning a critical eye to her appearance as she prepared for her Friday night date with Sabrina. It was strange, like looking at a slightly different person. It was her own face, of course, but the make-up made it seem unfamiliar somehow. It didn’t look bad, though. In fact, she was pretty happy with the result, considering she was a complete novice at applying cosmetics.

Her aunt had given her the little make-up kit for her fourteenth birthday, but Riley hadn’t had much cause or desire to use it until now. She’d been unsure about trying it on at all, considering her mixed feelings about this date in general. Would it seem as though she was trying too hard? In the end, she decided that since Sabrina would likely look amazing as usual, she should put real effort into her own appearance.

She’d just spent way longer than expected before the mirror, trying to follow the steps her aunt had taught her. She was mindful of the general tenets: less is more, emphasize what’s already there… and most importantly, ”Don’t slather it on like you’re doing it with a shovel, sweetie, or you’ll look like a whore.” In the end, Riley was confident she’d avoided looking slutty, but the make-up did give her a certain alluring sexiness, she thought. All in all, a very satisfactory experiment.

Riley took a step back to evaluate the rest of her outfit, pausing to put her glasses back on because everything was a blur if she stood more than a few inches away from the mirror. She considered putting her contacts in, then remembered that Sabrina thought her glasses were cute. She couldn’t imagine why, but still, if that’s what the girl liked…

She’d selected a pair of jeans that fit snugly at the hips. She rarely wore them anymore because they were actually getting a little too tight for her liking, but that made them the ideal choice for her date. She spun around for a look at her backside. Not bad, she had to admit. Not Sabrina-level, but then again, whose ass was?

At first, she’d tried on a tank top that went well with the jeans, but she’d felt it made her boobs look too small. In the end, her self-consciousness won out, and she opted for a cute blouse instead. Not exactly everyday wear, but it went better with her boyish frame.

Studying herself in the mirror now, she was surprised to find that she looked… good. Not hottest-girl-in-school good, but still, at least halfway attractive, which seemed like an improvement. She hoped Sabrina would like what she saw.

The thought gave her pause. On a normal day, she’d maybe brush her hair a little and throw on some randomly selected clothes. Now, here she was, having spent over an hour fretting over her outfit and make-up like she was some preppy girl. Did she want to impress Sabrina that much? Someone she didn’t even know if she liked that way? She was starting to half-hope that the date wouldn’t go well; this was entirely too much work.

At that moment, she heard the door to the apartment open and close. “Riley, you still here?” her father called out.

“Shit,” she muttered to herself. She’d been hoping to leave before he came home, thereby avoiding any awkward questions. Oh well, no point in hiding now. “Yeah, in here,” she replied.

“Hey, hon, I was just—” He stopped dead in his tracks when he reached the bathroom door and saw her. “Whoa.”

Riley shifted uncomfortably. Her dad was staring as if he barely recognized his own daughter. She gave a little shrug. “How do I look?”

“You look… great. More than great. Hmm… what is all this?” He frowned. “I thought you were going to see a movie with a girl from school? This looks suspiciously like a date.”

“I am seeing a movie with a girl from school…” Riley hesitated. She’d not been prepared to get into the whole “liking girls” thing right then. She swallowed, her mouth suddenly dry. Still, if she couldn’t trust Dad to have her back, who else was there? “But… it might also be a date…”

“Oh.” His eyebrows slowly rose until they threatened to leave his forehead entirely. “Oh. That’s… new. Isn’t it?”

“Um, yeah, kinda. I don’t really… know what I’m doing. It’s just… She’s like the prettiest girl in school, and she asked me out. I was really surprised and, like, flattered, I guess, so I said yes… and here we are.”

He considered that for a moment, then nodded. “Well. Okay. A few things. First, however this turns out, I hope you know that there’s nothing wrong with liking other girls, and that I’ll love you no matter what.”

“I know, Dad.” Riley smiled and gave him a hug. She’d been pretty certain he would react this way, but it was still reassuring to hear the words.

“Secondly, well, regardless of who it’s with, I still think 14 is pretty young to be dating…”

Now it was Riley’s turn to frown. “Dad, we’ve been over this…”

“I know, I know—and look, I’m trying to be the cool dad here, but you shouldn’t feel like you have to rush growing up, and…” He stopped when he noticed the look she was giving him. “I’m not gonna win this one, am I?”

“No,” Riley said simply, but she still smiled. The dad-doesn’t-want-his-little-girl-to-grow-up-too-fast routine was sort of endearing, but still, she wasn’t a kid anymore and could make her own decisions. “Look, we’re not getting married or anything. It’s just a movie date,” she said, displaying far more nonchalance than she actually felt.

He sighed. “Fine, I suppose. So, does this girl have a name?”

“Sabrina.” Just saying the name made Riley nervous all over again. She was supposed to meet the girl in less than an hour.

“Hmm, I don’t think you’ve mentioned a Sabrina before. What is she like?”

“She’s… um…” Riley began, then faltered. What was Sabrina like? Beautiful, of course, but she’d said that already, and it seemed a bit superficial besides. Riley racked her brain for what she knew about Sabrina—what were her interests and hobbies, how did she act when hanging out with friends, who even were her real friends—and realized the sum of her knowledge amounted to very little. She’d basically written the girl off as a shallow pretty face, and that now seemed rather unfair, considering her judgment was based on nothing at all. As far as she knew, Sabrina did pretty well in school, and… that was about it. Oh, and… “Well, she likes The Lord of the Rings, so that’s a good start.”

Her dad chuckled. “Yeah, I’m sure that scores some major points. But do you like her? It kinda sounds like you’re more into the idea of her liking you.”

Riley blinked. Was that true? She had just acknowledged that she knew pretty much nothing about Sabrina, so… Was she going on this date only out of vanity? Because the popular girl liked her? That didn’t seem fair to Sabrina.

“I… don’t know. Maybe.” Riley leaned back against the washing machine, looked up at the ceiling, and let out a deep sigh. “I’m confused.”

Her father wrapped an arm around her shoulders. “It’s okay, kiddo. Look, putting aside my dad feelings, you want my honest advice? Go on this date and see how it goes. Do it with an open mind, but be honest with yourself about your feelings. Maybe you won’t feel any connection with this girl, and that’s okay, sometimes it’s like that and it doesn’t work out. If that’s the case, be sincere with her and don’t lead her on. Or maybe you’ll have a great time and want to see her again, and if so, good. It’s normal to be confused and try things out at your age. Nothing wrong with experimenting and seeing where you stand.” He nodded to himself, seemingly satisfied with his speech. Then a few seconds later, he seemed to think better of it. “Err, when I say ‘experimenting’, I don’t mean… Uh, there’s no need to rush into… certain things. You know what I’m talking about. Don’t let her push you into anything that you’re not comfortable with, okay?”

Riley caught her dad in a big hug. “Got it. Thanks, Dad. That… actually helped a lot.” It all made sense, and seemed like stuff that should have been obvious, really, but she’d been too busy freaking out. Sometimes you need someone to spell things out for you.

He gave her a dubious look. “You sound surprised. Do you doubt my fatherly wisdom, Riley Simmons?”

“Well, your ‘wisdom’ is usually just bad dad jokes…”

He considered that for a moment. “Fair point. So, you ready then? Need a lift?”

“Nah, I’ll take my bike, it’s not far.”

“Okay, then. Be back by 10:30?”

“11?” Riley flashed her sweetest smile. “It’s the weekend,” she added when her dad made a face.

He sighed. “Fine.”

Grinning, Riley checked her appearance in the mirror one last time, then made her way towards the door.

“You say this Sabrina is the prettiest girl in school,” her dad called out after her, “but I’d say she has some competition tonight!”

Riley snorted. “You’re like the only person who would think that, Dad.”

He spread his hands. “That’s my job, isn’t it? Go on, have fun. Love you, hon.”

“Love you too, Dad.”

***

Riley glanced at the clock on her phone for the third time in the past minute, feeling her anxiety grow by the second. Where was Sabrina? Was the girl standing her up? Or could Riley be the one waiting in the wrong spot somehow?

Struggling to keep calm, she took a deep breath. Would you relax? she thought, annoyed at herself. It’s not even 5. She’s not late yet. Get a grip.

For the hundredth time, she scanned the area in front of the mall, looking for a familiar blonde head among the passersby. Still nothing.

“Riley?” A voice behind her. Of course Sabrina would get here just when she was looking the other way.

Riley turned around to greet her date, but the words stuck in her throat. Sabrina looked even better than she normally did at school, something that Riley hadn’t thought possible. The girl was wearing a pretty summer dress, cinched at the waist to emphasize her figure, and maybe a hint shorter than appropriate. It was held up by thin spaghetti straps—no bra, Riley couldn’t help but notice—nearly hidden by the golden tresses cascading over her bare shoulders. Sabrina had also opted for a touch of make-up, which highlighted her beauty even more. She strode forward gracefully, despite the wedge-heeled sandals on her feet. Riley usually thought that high heels of any kind were weird and unnatural, but she had to admit that they fit Sabrina’s long legs perfectly. On the other hand, she wasn’t so enthused about the girl towering over her even more than usual.

“Hey. Wasn’t sure it was you,” Sabrina said. “Wow, you look great!”

“T-thanks. Um, you too. You look… really, really good.” If Riley had only crossed Sabrina’s path by chance, she probably would have been annoyed by the other girl’s appearance. Jealous, even. But now that she knew that Sabrina had dressed up for her, it made her feel all warm inside. Vain, maybe, but God, it felt good to be wanted.

“Thanks!” Sabrina smiled brightly, tucking her hair behind one ear. “Um, were you waiting long? Sorry, I guess I cut it a bit short.”

“Oh, no, not really. It’s cool,” Riley said casually, as if she hadn’t spent the last fifteen minutes in growing panic.

“Okay. Hey, I saw there was a new Italian place that opened right over there.” Sabrina pointed across the parking lot, at a neon sign that read Emilio’s. “You wanna try that?”

“Oh, sure. I love Italian.”

“Yeah? Cool, it’s my favorite.”

They began walking towards the restaurant. Now that they were together, Riley was filled with nervous jitters. She almost couldn’t believe she was actually on a date with a girl—with Sabrina Taylor, of all people. Suddenly, she felt completely inadequate in this situation. How was she supposed to act, what was she supposed to say to this goddess who seemed so far out of her league? Maybe this date had been a bad idea after all…

But Sabrina only smiled at her, looking happy and relaxed, and Riley did her best to offer back a convincing smile of her own.

They entered the restaurant, and Sabrina asked for a table for two. Riley wondered if the waitress could tell they were on a date, somehow. No, that was silly. How could she? Still, hadn’t she given them some kind of weird look? Riley shook her head and sighed. Surely it was just her imagination.

They sat down, and Sabrina gave her an amused look. “Jeez, relax. And I thought I was nervous. We’re just hanging out, you’re not gonna be branded with a scarlet letter or anything.”

“Yeah, sorry. You’re right. I just… yeah.” Riley felt her cheeks heating up and hid her face in the menu.

“What are you having?” Sabrina asked after a moment.

“Hmm, not sure yet. Thinking pizza. You?”

“Fettuccine Alfredo, my fave dish ever. Gotta see what this restaurant is worth!”

Riley looked through the list of available pizzas and noticed quite a few that sounded pretty good. Hearing Sabrina chuckle to herself, she glanced over the menu and saw the girl looking at her with a mysterious smile on her lips. “What?”

“Okay, no pressure or anything, but I have a question that could determine if we have a future as a couple.”

Riley raised an eyebrow. “Err, okay? Wow, starting off heavy.” She was fairly sure Sabrina was kidding, but still, that felt ominous. A couple. She hadn’t even gotten used to the idea of going on a date with another girl.

Sabrina leaned in a little, now straight-faced. “What’s your opinion of Hawaiian pizza?”

Oh, that question. No, this was serious business after all. Sabrina wasn’t one of those people, was she? Riley narrowed her eyes. “Crime against humanity,” she said, her expression perfectly deadpan.

Sabrina was silent for a moment, and Riley had to wonder if she actually was a fan of that particular atrocity, but then the girl cracked a smile and reached out over the table. Grinning, Riley bumped Sabrina’s fist with her own.

Just like that, the ice was broken. They started chatting amiably, first about how wrong it was to put pineapple on pizza, then about school, soon moving on to other topics. Riley quickly realized they had more in common than she would have thought, enjoying many of the same books and movies. And some music, though Sabrina had more mainstream tastes. She was interested in checking out a few of the bands Riley mentioned, entering their names into her phone to investigate later.

Riley was intrigued to learn that Sabrina intended to become an author when she was older. That seemed like a fascinating career, if one could pull it off. Though she loved to read, Riley herself wasn’t too great at writing, so she didn’t think that was for her. She was still trying to work out what she wanted to do when she grew up. Maybe something science-related.

“So, as a writer type, I guess you must prefer the Lord of the Rings books to the movies, right?” Riley asked. The correct answer was, of course, yes.

“Oh yeah, for sure. The books are always better. The Lord of the Rings, Harry Potter, Game of Thrones, whatever.”

Riley smiled. “All good picks. Gotta say, I’m a bit surprised you’re so into this stuff.”

Sabrina arched an eyebrow. “Oh? Why?”

“Well… you just seem, um…” Riley hesitated. There was no real way to say this politely, so she was just going to come out with it. “I kinda took you for an airhead cheerleader type…”

“Jeez, ouch. What did I do to deserve that?”

“Nothing! It was unfair, I know… But it’s sort of a compliment, in a way? Like, you’re too pretty to be into nerdy stuff?”

Sabrina’s expression was skeptical. “Uh-huh. I think that’s called a back-handed compliment. But I’ll take it, if you want to tell me how pretty you think I am.”

Riley felt the warmth rising on her cheeks and hoped it wasn’t too obvious. Truth be told, she had already caught herself appreciating Sabrina’s beauty a few times while they ate. The girl could seriously be a model, maybe even a Hollywood star if she wanted. And those piercing blue eyes. They seemed to fill up the whole world when she looked at you a certain way.

Riley wondered, not for the first time, if the jealousy she’d felt towards Sabrina had actually concealed some kind of attraction. Didn’t they say that jealousy was the sincerest form of flattery? No, that wasn’t quite how the adage went… but it was close enough. The fact was that she did admire Sabrina’s looks, and now that she’d found out that she also really enjoyed talking with the girl, it made her all the more alluring.

She began to imagine what might happen if this relationship worked out and things went further between them. To her dismay, she felt her face grow even hotter.

“And you’re real cute, too… especially when you blush,” Sabrina said, her eyes gazing deep into Riley’s, which didn’t help matters. “Or when you’re nerding out.” She’d already heard Riley going into detail about the differences between the book and movie versions of The Fellowship of the Ring. “Well, all the time, really… but especially then.”

“T-thanks,” Riley mumbled, at a loss for words. The heat from her face seemed to be spreading through her entire body. Sabrina was… pretty great. And gorgeous. And she liked Riley. Maybe this date had been a good idea after all.

“For the record, though,” Sabrina continued, “cheerleading is dumb and objectifying, and I’d never get into it.”

Riley laughed, her embarrassment fading a little. She raised her hand for another fist bump. “Right on.”

At that moment, the waitress returned to their table, asking if they wanted dessert. They exchanged a glance, and Sabrina looked at the time on her phone. “Nah, we should probably get going, right?”

Riley nodded. “Yeah. Don’t wanna miss the previews,” she said, only half-joking. She knew they were basically just ads meant to sell more tickets, but somehow movie trailers always felt integral to the theater experience.

“All right. I’ll leave you this, then,” the waitress said, placing the bill face down on the table. Be back in a minute.”.

Riley and Sabrina both stared at the single piece of paper for a moment, then at each other, chuckling awkwardly. They hadn’t thought to ask for separate checks.

Riley wasn’t sure what the bill etiquette was supposed to be for a date. Hell, she’d never been on a dinner date before. Tradition dictated that the boy was supposed to pay, but clearly, that meant nothing in this situation… and it seemed stupid and antiquated, anyway. Should she suggest splitting it, or was that some kind of social blunder? Maybe she should just pick up the check, it wasn’t that big a deal—though between this and the movie ticket, she’d be pretty broke. Should have asked Dad for some cash, she thought.

Riley reached out to take the bill, but Sabrina was slightly quicker, and Riley’s hand ended up covering the other girl’s instead. She froze for a moment, then snatched her hand away, certain that she was blushing all over again. Sabrina’s skin had been soft and warm, pleasant to the touch.

“It’s okay, I got this,” Sabrina said, offering a small smile.

“Oh. Well, you don’t have to. We could split or something…?”

“It’s fine. I’m the one who asked you out, anyway.”

Riley shrugged, but she supposed that was true enough. “Well, okay, if you want.”

Sabrina settled the bill, then they exited the restaurant and began making their way towards the theater.

“So, have you written anything?” Riley asked as they walked, trying to make conversation.

“What?”

“Since you want to be an author, I mean. You got anything written? Short story or whatever? I’m curious. Maybe I could give it a read, give you feedback.”

“Oh, uh, that’s not… Um, I got some stuff but… it’s probably not very good.” For the first time that evening, Sabrina actually looked anxious. Funny how the girl could seem perfectly relaxed on a first date, but got all nervous about sharing her hobby.

“Oh, come on. I’m sure it’s not that bad. What, you’ve never shown it to anyone?”

“Um, no, not really.”

“Oh, now I want to read it even more!”

“Well, I’m not really happy with what I’ve written before, but…” Sabrina hesitated, met Riley’s eyes. “I guess once I’m done with the story I’m working on now, you could take a look, maybe. It’s a bit better. I think.”

“Deal!” Riley grinned, and Sabrina offered a sheepish smile in return. It was pretty cute, the way she was so self-conscious about her writing. Now Riley could kind of see why Sabrina had enjoyed making her blush earlier. She was happy that the girl was willing to share something so personal and important to her. Maybe they’d make a good couple after all.

The thought surprised her. Was she really getting used to the idea of them as a couple? Of being Sabrina’s… girlfriend? She glanced sideways at the beautiful blonde and her heart rate sped up a little. Yeah, she just might be ready to consider a relationship, and the thought made her smile in spite of herself. She was half-tempted to take Sabrina’s hand in hers right then—that brief touch in the restaurant had been nice—but didn’t dare try anything so overt just yet.

Upon reaching their destination, Riley took a few quick steps ahead so as to reach the admission booth first. She asked for two tickets, paid for them, then handed one to Sabrina, who gave her a look. Riley smiled. “What? I can’t have you paying for everything. It’s… unseemly!”

“Fine.” Sabrina shrugged, then flashed a quick grin. “I’m getting the popcorn, though!” She started at a half-run towards the concession stand.

“We just ate!” Riley called out after her.

“Can’t go to the movies without getting popcorn!”

Riley had to concede the point; it just wasn’t the same without some popcorn to munch on. Sabrina bought a bag for them to share, then they made their way into the theater.

“Well, looks like we won’t have any trouble finding good seats,” Sabrina said as they entered. There were at most fifteen people in the whole room.

“What? Where is everyone? This movie’s great!”

“I guess most people aren’t interested in seeing a movie that’s, like, 20 years old in a theater.”

“Pfff. Their loss.”

They took seats near the middle of the room and began eating their popcorn while waiting for the movie to start. Now and then, their hands brushed when they reached into the bag, and each time it made Riley’s heart skip a beat.

She cast a sidelong glance at the other girl, wondering if she was really falling for Sabrina. She’d been so unsure about even going on this date, and now here she was, getting all warm and fuzzy from the merest skin contact. And it wasn’t like Sabrina had done anything special. She was just nice, smart and fun to be around, and… Well, maybe that was all that mattered.

After the fourth time that they reached into the bag of popcorn at the same time and bumped hands, Sabrina turned to Riley, a knowing smile on her lips. “Are you doing that on purpose?”

“No!” At least, Riley didn’t think it was on purpose. “I… I was just wondering if you were.”

“Please. If I wanted to hold your hand, I’d just do it. None of this sneaking around,” Sabrina said with exaggerated haughtiness, then adding a mischievous wink.

Affected or not, Sabrina’s confidence was rather charming. Riley couldn’t help noticing the implication, though. “So… you’re saying you don’t want to hold my hand?”

“Oh… I didn’t mean… It’s not that I don’t want to. I just thought that you, um… Well, I didn’t want to, like, rush things, y’know?” Sabrina didn’t sound so self-assured now, scrambling to explain herself, but somehow it was equally charming. The girl just couldn’t help being irresistible. “Unless you want to…?” she added, meeting Riley’s eyes.

Her heart suddenly in her throat, Riley hesitated. This seemed like a big, abrupt step. Her feelings for Sabrina had done such a 180 these past few days, it was hard to keep up. Then again, hadn’t she been thinking about holding hands with the girl just a few minutes ago?

Growing embarrassed, she wanted to look away, but Sabrina’s gaze held her fast. Losing herself in those gorgeous eyes, she felt her doubts slowly fade. Yes, she did want to hold Sabrina’s hand, and that was perfectly fine. With mixed relief and apprehension, Riley wondered if there was anything she wouldn’t do if Sabrina was looking at her that way.

Feeling her cheeks burn yet again, Riley offered her hand to the other girl.

Surprise flashed on Sabrina’s face for an instant, quickly replaced by a bright smile as she took Riley’s hand in hers and gave it a squeeze.

Riley offered a more sheepish smile in return, then finally managed to tear her eyes away from Sabrina’s. Leaning back in her seat, she stared at the blank screen, unsure what to do or say. The warmth in her hand now matched the heat on her face. Tingles spread along her arm and through her body. Her heart raced. All that, just from holding someone’s hand!

She wondered if Sabrina was experiencing something similar. It wasn’t unpleasant—on the contrary!—but she hadn’t been prepared for the intensity of the feelings that were coursing through her. She even felt a kind of warmth spreading downwards through her belly, and hastened to push that sensation out of her mind. Regardless of how well things seemed to be going, she was not ready to become sexually aroused by another girl. Especially in the middle of a movie theater.

Half-certain that everyone must be staring at them, she stole a quick glance around the room, but nobody seemed to be paying them any mind. She dared a shy peek at Sabrina, and found the other girl looking back.

“You okay there? We don’t have to keep doing this if you—”

“No, it’s okay,” Riley quickly interrupted, surprising even herself. She realized she really didn’t want to let go, despite these mixed-up feelings.

Sabrina smiled and squeezed Riley’s hand again. Riley found herself squeezing back, growing more at ease.

Then the lights in the room dimmed and the previews started, grabbing most of her attention. The excitement over holding hands with Sabrina gradually faded to a pleasant giddiness at the back of her mind as she watched the trailers for upcoming movies. There were some decent-looking ones, but nothing really struck her as a must-see.

Finally, it was time for the main attraction. Having seen the movie so many times already, Riley knew exactly what to expect. But she didn’t mind, of course. From the sequence of company logos at the very beginning, to the first notes of the soundtrack, to the first images and lines, she relished the cozy familiarity of spending time with an old friend.

She didn’t know the entire movie by heart—not quite—but she did catch herself mouthing some of the lines as the plot unfolded. And all the while, she kept holding Sabrina’s hand, not really thinking about it very much. Sometimes one of them would react unwittingly, though. During the scene where the evil Nazgûls are searching for the hidden hobbits, Sabrina gripped Riley’s hand tightly, making her smile. It was sweet and cute, and made Riley’s heart skip a beat for reasons that had nothing to do with what was happening on the screen.

The three-hour running time went by surprisingly quickly, and they soon found themselves staring at the scrolling credits. Sabrina turned to Riley. “Well, that was fun.”

“Yeah. Of course it was!” As if there was any way The Lord of the Rings could be boring. “But… I still think they should have put Tom Bombadil in the movie. He might be a little goofy, but that part of the book is still cool, and the lore behind the character is—”

Riley’s train of thought was abruptly derailed when Sabrina leaned in and kissed her, right out of the blue.

She froze, completely taken by surprise. Sabrina was kissing her! Her heart was suddenly hammering in her chest and her senses were overwhelmed by new stimuli. A hint of perfume in her nostrils, Sabrina’s warm breath mingling with her own, the feel of those lips against hers, so incredibly soft.

It took Riley a few seconds to process what was happening, and just as she was beginning to think that she should respond somehow, Sabrina pulled away.

“Whoa,” was all Riley managed to say. She stared at the stunning goddess next to her, wondering how she had landed in this situation. How many people would give an arm, a leg, or both to be in her place right then? But all she could do was sit there, dumbfounded.

“Sorry.” Even in the dim light of the theater, Sabrina’s pale cheeks were turning a shade redder. “I, um… Like I said, you’re just too cute when you get all nerdy!” She grinned, then quickly sobered up. “But still, I shouldn’t have done that. Sorry.”

Riley shrugged uncomfortably. She wasn’t angry, just… confused? She’d been startled by the kiss and hadn’t had the presence of mind to either enjoy or dislike it. It certainly hadn’t been a turn-off, though; her lips were still tingly, and her belly felt full of warm, soft butterflies. “It’s okay… It wasn’t all bad,” she said weakly.

Sabrina raised an eyebrow. “Not all bad, huh?”

“I mean… you know, I didn’t really get, um…” Riley hesitated. If she finished her thought, it would be a clear invitation for more… but it occurred to her that she didn’t mind. No, in fact, she sort of wanted another try. “Didn’t get enough time to… to know for sure.”

Sabrina’s gaze flicked around the room, then fixed on Riley. “Oh yeah?” She leaned forward a little, but not all the way this time.

Heart in her throat, Riley also took a quick look around. The people further back were already walking up the aisles, and no one was paying any attention to the two girls who were still in their seats. She met Sabrina’s eyes, and that beguiling gaze quickly banished any reluctance she might have felt. “Yeah…” she breathed, leaning in closer.

Their lips met again. Riley wasn’t sure which of them had actually initiated the kiss this time. She closed her eyes, concentrating on the sensation, on how it made her feel.

It was a soft, gentle kiss, and now that she was ready for it, Riley had to admit that Sabrina’s silky lips really struck sparks in her mind. She wasn’t much of an experienced kisser, but did her best to follow Sabrina’s lead. It was sweet. Exciting even, with a hint of forbidden thrill. There was a pleasant fire in her belly. It felt… right.

After a long moment, Sabrina pulled back, gazing expectantly at Riley.

“Wow,” Riley said, letting out a breath she hadn’t realized she’d been holding. “That was… pretty good.” Putting it mildly, but it was all she could think of to say. “Um, maybe girls aren’t so bad,” she then added, a sheepish smile on her lips. She’d been warming up to the idea of dating Sabrina all evening, but that kiss made the prospect of this romance seem downright thrilling.

“I’ll take ’pretty good.’ But trust me, it only gets better.” Sabrina raised an eyebrow suggestively.

Indecent images of what that might mean flashed in Riley’s mind, making her blush. How much better? she wondered.

“Another time, though.” Sabrina glanced around the room again. “We should probably go.”

Following Sabrina’s gaze, Riley saw that most people had already left, and two theater employees were waiting impatiently for the two of them to get out so that they could clean the room. Riley hoped they hadn’t seen them kissing—it wasn’t a huge deal, but still—as she got up and followed Sabrina towards the exit.

As they passed by the employees, the middle-aged man ignored them, but the late-teen girl winked at Riley, who flashed an embarrassed smile before hurrying out.

“Well, I need to make a pit stop,” Sabrina announced as they walked out into the lobby, gesturing toward the restrooms. “That was a long movie!”

“Yeah, I should do that, too.”

They found the bathroom rather crowded, but there were a couple of empty stalls. By the time they were done with their business, though, the room had emptied considerably, just one girl using the hand drier, then making her exit. As they washed their own hands, Riley was reminded of the last time she and Sabrina were together in a public restroom. It was just a few days ago, but it felt like her life had turned upside down since then.

“What are you smiling at?” Sabrina asked.

“Oh, um, nothing.” Riley hadn’t even realized that those thoughts had made her smile. “Just thinking about the last time we were washing our hands like this… and then you kinda dropped that bomb on me.”

“Ah, and… by your smile, I take it that you don’t regret your decision?”

“No.” Riley’s smile widened in spite of herself, and she felt her cheeks go warm again. “This is… nice. I had a good time.” It felt like she should say more. In fact, their date had gone way, way better than she’d expected. But she wasn’t very good at this sort of thing.

Sabrina seemed pleased, though. “Good. Me too.” For an instant, there was a twinkle in her eyes and it looked like she was about to move closer to Riley, maybe even kiss her again. Riley had to admit that she wouldn’t have been against the idea, but the moment passed, and Sabrina seemed to have thought better of it. Instead, she suddenly asked, “So, what do you think of Liv Tyler in that movie?”

Riley blinked at the abrupt change of subject. “Arwen? Er, like, the character, or her acting, or…?”

Sabrina smirked. “I mean, do you think she’s hot?”

Riley let out a surprised laugh. “Oh, jeez.” Was that going to be a thing now? Was she supposed to gossip about which girls were hot?

“Well, what?” Sabrina shrugged. “Just wondering what goes on in your mind, I guess. Now that you’re, dare I say… thinking about playing for the right team.”

Riley snorted. “Oh, wow. Is that what’s happening?”

“I hope so.” Sabrina winked. “But yeah, just curious. Like, I had a huge crush on Liv when I first saw the movie… back when I was, like, 8.”

“Hah, really? Hmm, I dunno, I mean… sure, she’s gorgeous, I guess. But I haven’t thought about it that way before. I’m not sure I’d want to, like, kiss her or anything.” But even as she spoke, Riley realized that she wasn’t too sure of her feelings anymore. Sabrina was the only girl she’d ever considered kissing, let alone anything else. She didn’t think Hollywood actresses did much for her. Though, now that she thought about it… Liv Tyler the actress might not, but Arwen, the beautiful, immortal Elf…

As if reading her thoughts, Sabrina raised a skeptical eyebrow.

“Weeeeeell…” Riley laughed. “Gotta admit, she did do a great job capturing the, um, otherworldly beauty of an Elf. That’s not… unattractive.” She looked away, embarrassed, then glanced back to see if Sabrina was laughing at her, but the girl just nodded, grinning. Speaking of “otherworldly beauty,” though, Liv Tyler had nothing on Sabrina, Riley decided. “You sure you don’t have elven blood?” She winced, immediately regretting the corny line. “God, did I just say that?”

Sabrina laughed. “Nerdy compliment, huh? I’ll take it.” Then she narrowed her eyes at Riley. “As long as you don’t expect me to wear pointy ears…”

“Oh, no, no. Nothing like that!” Riley held her hands up appeasingly. She did think Sabrina could pull that look off, though.

“Good.” Sabrina smiled and stepped closer. She reached out to toy with a strand of Riley’s hair, then caressed her cheek with a finger.

Riley suddenly felt hot all over. Again, it looked like Sabrina was just about to kiss her, and she was surprised to find herself so hungry for another taste of the girl’s sweet lips.

But instead, Sabrina glanced around the empty restroom, then at the door. She hesitated, taking a step back. “We should probably go before someone comes in and…” She trailed off, shrugged.

“I guess,” Riley said, disappointed. Clearly, Sabrina was afraid of getting caught, and Riley didn’t relish that possibility either, but… Then they couldn’t kiss out in the mall, or on the streets, so this might be her last chance to get one for now.

Before she realized what she was doing, Riley caught up to Sabrina, grabbed the girl by the wrist before she could open the door, and murmured, “But before we go…”

Drawing Sabrina close, Riley planted a kiss on her pretty mouth.

At first she wondered if Sabrina would back off, but on the contrary, the girl practically melted into her arms, and Riley found herself tangled in a passionate kiss. She soon realized it was a little awkward to lock lips with someone half-a-head taller—probably more, with the heels Sabrina had on—while standing, having to tilt her neck back, but she didn’t let that bother her. The kiss was more than enough to take her mind off any discomfort.

It was even better than the last one. Sharing this intimate connection with Sabrina filled her with glee, elation—and yes, Riley had to admit, stirrings of lust. She could definitely get used to this.

“Mmmm,” Sabrina purred when their lips parted.

“Sorry. Hope you’re, um, okay with that.” Riley tried for an innocent smile, but she wasn’t sure it was very convincing, with her breath now a little erratic. The desire she plainly saw in Sabrina’s eyes wasn’t helping to calm her down, either.

“I love kissing you, and I want to do it a lot more, but…” Sabrina took a deep breath. “Probably not a good time. If we bumped into someone we know from school or something…”

Riley had to agree. She’d never liked being the center of attention, and if people knew she was dating the most sought-after girl in school, there would be no end to questions, gossip, and snark, even hostility. “Yeah, you’re right. Don’t want all that attention.”

They walked out of the bathroom, leisurely making their way towards the exit.

“Yeah, but, it’s not just that,” Sabrina said. “I think I mentioned how the kids at my old school found out that, y’know, I like girls, and, well…” She sighed. “It was… bad.”

“What happened?” Riley asked softly.

“I confided in this one girl I thought I could trust, and she told everyone. Or I don’t know, she told someone who then told everyone. Whatever. People weren’t very… accepting. You know how it is. Lash out against others who are different, I guess that’s what you’re supposed to do? Anyway, I got a lot of shit, and things could get pretty hateful. Got my locker spray-painted with ‘dyke’, and ‘cunt muncher’ or whatever it was. Fun times.” Sabrina’s voice was tight, and she stared into the distance as she spoke, then she gave herself a shake and turned to Riley. “Anyway, long story short: really glad I moved!”

“Jesus, what the fuck…” Riley blurted out, shocked. “That’s horrible! How can people do shit like that? I’m so sorry this happened to you.”

Sabrina shrugged. “Yeah. It wasn’t my favorite school. Or town.”

“I’m pretty sure people here wouldn’t be that bad… I think. I mean, I guess I don’t really know anyone who’s, like, out. But there are probably some? And I haven’t heard of anything terrible like that happening around here.”

“Yeah, maybe. I’m not really keen on taking any chances just yet, though.”

“My dad was pretty surprised when I told him I was going out with a girl,” Riley said with a chuckle, hoping that would lighten the mood. “But he was totally cool with it.”

Sabrina’s eyebrows rose up. “Whoa, really? You told him already?”

“Um, yeah. Well, he kinda caught me while I was getting ready for tonight, and I didn’t wanna lie, so… But yeah, it was fine. He talked me down when I was feeling super stressed about it, hah.”

“Huh, cool. Sounds like a nice guy.”

“Yeah, he’s great. Um, do your parents not know?”

“Oh. Um, no. Like, it’s not a big deal, I don’t think they’d freak out or anything… But, I dunno. We’re just not that close, I guess? They’re very, um… career-oriented, is how some put it.” She made a face. “Workaholics, more like. We don’t talk that much. My mom is a consultant for big companies. Like, she basically takes over an office or branch that has trouble for a year or two until things are running smoothly. That’s why we move around a lot. My dad’s an engineer for… computer stuff, whatever, so he can just work remotely from anywhere.”

“Ah, hmm, sounds like that could be kinda… difficult,” Riley said, trying to be diplomatic. It sounded really bad, actually. Moving around the country constantly must already be a drag, but with parents who were so distant as well… She couldn’t imagine living like that.

“Yeah, sometimes. Oh well. It is what it is.” Sabrina shrugged. “What about your mom? You told her about this date, too?”

“Oh, no. Um, she died when I was 7. Car accident.”

“Oh shit, sorry! Here I am complaining about my family and…”

Riley waved off the concern. “Nah, it’s okay. Don’t worry about it,” she said, trying to cut short the outpouring of pity that always happened when she mentioned her mom. She’d never been able to stand it. Still, she couldn’t help thinking that her mom would have liked Sabrina.

There was a moment of awkward silence, then Riley decided to voice the question that had been on her mind. “So… why’d you take the risk of asking me out, if you had such a bad experience before?”

“Well… ‘cause you’re awesome, and worth the risk. And hot.” Sabrina flashed a winning smile, which faltered a little as she scratched the back of her head. “And, okay, ‘cause I was kinda lonely and… I thought I saw you checking me out, so it seemed like a pretty safe bet. I guess that wasn’t the case, but hey, it worked out. But mostly because you’re awesome.” She winked, her good mood restored.

Riley wasn’t sure whether to be amused by the explanation, or embarrassed by the compliments, and in the end opted for both, laughing and blushing in equal measure. She felt truly touched that Sabrina had thought she was worth taking that big chance for, though. She could still hardly believe that this beautiful, amazing girl was so into her, but she welcomed the confidence boost. “Well, okay, then! I guess I am pretty awesome.” She couldn’t help grinning, and Sabrina returned the smile.

By then, they were back outside the mall. Sabrina glanced around, and said, “So… walk me home? I live pretty close.”

“Oh, sure.” Riley fetched her bike from where she’d locked it up nearby, then began walking alongside Sabrina, happy that they didn’t have to end things just yet. She laughed at herself; she’d been so nervous and worried about this date, and now she couldn’t get enough of it.

They walked for a few blocks, chatting amicably about this and that, then  took a turn onto Sabrina’s street. It was a nice part of town, not exactly upscale, but it was clear that Sabrina’s parents didn’t want for money. There was no moon, but the street lamps were on, and the numerous trees that lined the street created a lovely pattern of shadows across the sidewalk.

There was no one else in sight, and apparently Sabrina now felt much more at ease, because she suddenly took Riley’s hand, grinning at her surprised look. “I’ve been wanting to do that all the way here.”

“Me too,” Riley admitted sheepishly. It still felt odd to be falling for a girl, but she couldn’t deny that she loved the way this made her feel–being close to Sabrina, holding her hand.

They walked past a few more houses, then Sabrina stopped in front of a nice two-story home. “Well, this is me. Thanks for coming tonight, I had a great time.”

“Yeah, thanks for… asking me out, I guess.” Riley said, suddenly fumbling for the right words. “This was… actually pretty nice.”

Sabrina laughed at that. “Don’t sound so surprised!”

Riley had to laugh herself. “Well, y’know, I wouldn’t have imagined doing anything like this just a week ago! But… yeah, I’m really glad I came.”

“Good.” Sabrina took a step closer and kissed her. Not a lingering kiss, but not just a peck either. A couple seconds at most, but it was enough to set Riley’s heart racing.

Sabrina gazed at Riley, still standing intimately close. There was a yearning in her that a quick kiss clearly hadn’t sated. She seemed to hesitate, then asked, “You wanna come in?”

Taken by surprise, Riley stammered a response. “O-oh, err… I… don’t think so. Like, I don’t think I’m ready to meet your parents and stuff. Even if they don’t know about… anything. That seems kinda, y’know, official, for a first date.”

Sabrina chuckled. “No, no. My parents aren’t home right now. It’s just the two of us.”

“Oh.” It took a second for Riley to process this information, then she saw Sabrina’s invitation in a whole new light. “Oh!”

“I’ll behave,” Sabrina said in a tone that no one who behaves uses. She winked, turned on her heels, and began advancing towards the house. “If you want me to, that is,” she added over her shoulder.

Riley stood frozen for a moment, enthralled by Sabrina’s walk. The sway of her hips was downright hypnotic. Was she doing it on purpose?

Taking a deep breath, Riley tried to think. Things were getting a little out of hand. She doubted Sabrina had invited her in just for a friendly chat, and while she wouldn’t mind kissing some more in private… What if the girl wanted to go further? Sabrina had said she’d behave, but would she? Did Riley want her to? It suddenly felt like this date could get a lot wilder than she’d been prepared for. It was scary… and more than a little exciting.

She wasn’t sure of anything anymore. Except that she wasn’t ready to say goodbye to Sabrina just yet. She found herself locking her bike to the small fence in front of the house, then slowly following the other girl to the front door.

On to Part Three!

1

Knuckle Ridge, Chapter 8

  • Posted on November 4, 2020 at 2:58 pm

by Purple Les

Sitting at his desk almost a week later, Sheriff Gus Masters was lost in thought as he refilled his pipe. The Tequila Kid hadn’t been by in several days. She’s holdin’ something out on me, he told himself. Be damned if I know what, though. 

With the arrest of Jessie Sinclair, Masters had his killer, but there were still unanswered questions that nagged at him. First, there was the matter of Count Cousiourac. Since Lady Jane Wyeth-Boton had elected to stay on at the Ridge Hotel with that servant girl, Gus had the opportunity to find out what needed to be done with the Count’s body. She only smiled sweetly and said, “Why it was the Count’s desire to be buried in your wonderful country, should anything happen to him.”

Gus lit his pipe, still brooding. She sure didn’t offer to pay for his funeral, though. In the end, Mrs Ruggles had covered the mortuary fee, then paid for a plot and a modest headstone.

Sheriff Masters had kept in touch with Josh at the telegraph office, ever since Lady Jane told him that she planned to wire for funds, and to send cables informing the Count’s family and associates of his death. He’d just paid a visit to Josh, who told him, “She never set foot in here, Gus.” Just in case, he dropped by the post office, and got a similar answer from Edna May.

Acting on instinct, Gus had sent a wire to the French Consulate in Washington, D.C. to inform them of the Count’s demise, asking for instructions as to what should be done with the body.

Gus had just received the reply. It tersely informed him that Count Cousiourac had died seven years ago at age ninety-two, and was buried in the family plot in Marseilles.

Gnawing absently at the stem of his pipe, Gus pondered the situation. Mrs Ruggles vouched for Lady Jane and the Count, so she mustn’t know them to be impostors. I figure ‘em to be bunco artists, too. But if so, what was their game — gettin’ money from Mrs Ruggles to call up her dead husband? If they were after those diamonds… well, that was a waste of time, there never were any. He sighed. Sometimes I wish I could dig Maurice Ruggles up and kick his ass, just for all the trouble he stirred up with that goddamn diamond story of his.

Taking the last draw of his tobacco, Gus tapped the bowl smartly on the heel of his boot, then set the pipe to one side. His fingers drummed an erratic rhythm on the blotter. Once more, he wondered: What’s The Kid know… and why’s she keepin’ it from me? Don’t like doin’ it, but I reckon I gotta pay her a house call.

His other main concern was the female prisoner locked in his cell. Since the incident the first night she was there, Jessie Sinclair’s behavior had been flawless. It made him suspicious. Then again, maybe she’s just plumb crazy. Whichever she is, I can’t say I like havin’ a woman locked up in my jail. Don’t seem natural, even if she is a cold blooded murderer, and mean as a trod-upon rattler. Least she won’t do no more killin’, not in my town.

Thankfully, Gus didn’t have to give Jessie assistance with any female issues. The very thought made his cheeks go all hot. He’d managed to enlist a couple of the town women to lend a hand with that kind of thing — Doc Johnson’s wife Alice, for one.

There was a second telegram on the sheriff’s desk. Picking it up, Gus read the text for the third time, then got up and went out back to the cells.

Jessie Sinclair sat on her cot, reading a Bible. She looked up as Gus Masters entered.

“I just wanted to tell you, Miss Sinclair, that you’ll be transferred by train to Austin for your trial. A marshal, his deputy, and a prison matron will escort you.”

Jessie nodded. “I thank you for keeping me informed, Sheriff Masters,” she said quietly, then returned to her Bible. Gus studied the woman for a few seconds, then turned to leave.

Glancing up at the departing sheriff, Jessie allowed herself a brief smile. All she had to do was bide her time. She’d kept careful observations as to when she was fed, who brought which meals, who was in and out of the office and when they were there.

After the first night, her plates, cups and utensils had been kept track of, so she’d done well to get hold of the one spoon, now sharpened to a keen edge. The improvised weapon still lay beneath her pallet, awaiting its purpose.

Just before Gus made his exit, Jessie spoke. “Sheriff Masters? There is one thing I’m still curious about. If you’d give me a truthful answer, I would be obliged to you.”

Gus turned back to face the prisoner. “What is it, Miss Sinclair?”

“Those diamonds that people say Mrs Ruggles husband had… do they really exist?”

“No, Miss Sinclair, there are no diamonds.” Gus paused a moment as Jessie’s eyes narrowed slightly, then he added, “Mr Ruggles started that rumor years ago, for reasons known only to himself. He told me that much. It’s just something folks round here whisper to each other, but there’s not a word of truth to it.”

“Mrs Ruggles didn’t seem so sure,” Jessie said.

Gus looked away, slowly shaking his head. “Mrs Ruggles may have wealth and position, but I can’t say as it makes her happy. She lost both children, then her husband. I doubt she’s of soundest mind, and maybe she don’t always have both feet on the ground.

“She’s a fine woman, just the same. Why, I reckon there ain’t one person in Knuckle Ridge she’s not helped at one time or another, in some way.”

Gus stood straight and looked Jessie in the eye, a hard edge to his voice. “You made a big mistake listenin’ to old men and women at a boarding house who aren’t even sure if they had breakfast or not, passin’ on idle gossip to anyone fool enough to listen.”

With that, the sheriff turned and walked away, closing the heavy wooden door behind him as he left the cells. As Gus emerged into the office, Jigs sauntered in through the front door. His cheeks were slightly flushed, which meant he’d probably stopped off for a drink along the way.

“How ‘bout a game of checkers, Gus?” Jigs asked.

“Not now, Jigs,” Gus said, fastening his gun belt, then reaching for his hat. “There’s a few things I need to try and find out.” He patted his deputy’s shoulder as he made his exit, “If I get back soon, we’ll have us a game, all right?”

“Sounds good,” Jigs answered, but Gus was already gone.

***

The Tequila Kid had taken Button out for a ride. Giving the horse her own lead, they ended at the foot of a small hill. A creek was running nearby, and The Kid brought the horse to a standstill next to it. She dismounted, and they both drank from the cold, clear water. The Kid tethered the reins to a fallen sapling, loosening the bit and the cinch on the saddle. Button munched contentedly at the sweet grass while The Kid sat back against a tree. She took out her makings and began to roll a cigarette, thinking about the events of the last few days.

She’d awakened early on the Saturday after Jessie Sinclair’s capture. Quickly getting into the previous day’s clothes and strapping on her gun belt, The Kid hastened into town to see if Lady Jane intended to take the train that day, or if she chose to follow Doc Johnson’s advice and let little Gracie have her rest.

Relieved to see that they hadn’t left, The Kid went back to Ann’s, where she made coffee, then stripped down and bathed herself in the wooden tub. After drying off and fixing a light breakfast for herself, she slipped into her yellow dress. After checking on Ann, who was still dozing peacefully, The Kid quietly left for the Ridge hotel.

She found Lady Jane in the lobby, reading the newspaper. Lady Jane looked up, a hesitant smile on her lips as she saw The Kid approach.

“Good morning, Kid,” Lady Jane greeted the young woman, clearly taken aback by The Kid’s appearance. Besides wearing the pretty yellow dress, The Kid had her hair down and parted in the middle, covering the scar on the side of her head.

“Mornin’, Lady Jane,” The Kid replied. “How’s Gracie?”

“Still asleep,” Lady Jane answered. “How is Miss Purdy?”

“’Cept for a swolled-up jaw and them scratches on her face, she’ll be fine in a few days. She was still sleepin’ when I left her,” The Kid answered.

“I’m glad to hear that,” Lady Jane murmured.

There was an awkward moment of silence, then The Kid spoke. “I reckon we got off on the wrong foot, you and me,” she said. “Think maybe we could… start over?”

The blonde woman with the bright green eyes smiled at that. “Yes, I think we should.” She hesitated, then added, “Perhaps if it’s not too early, we could have a drink.”

“I reckon it’s after noon somewheres on earth,” The Kid replied, offering her arm. Lady Jane rose to accept it, and they walked together into the elegant hotel bar that connected to the dining room.

The bar was empty. They took a table in the corner, and Miguel, the young Mexican bartender, came over. Like all the hotel staff, he was dressed in a crisp white shirt, a necktie, black pants and vest. He had jet-black hair and was clean shaven but for a thin mustache.

Miguel gave a polite bow. “Good morning, Lady Wyeth-Boton, Senorita Kid. How may I serve you?”

“A large brandy for me, please,” Lady Jane said.

The Kid said, “Tequila por favor, Miguel.”

Bowing once more, Miguel took a couple steps backward, then turned and walked behind the bar, busying himself with bottles and glasses.

“Well, let’s us start over, then,” The Kid said, “Howdy, I’m the Tequila Kid. All my friends call me Kid.” She wondered if Lady Jane intended to give her real name this time.

Lady Jane extended her hand, saying, “Pleased to meet you…” She paused a moment. “…Kid.” Then with a smile, added, “I’m the Queen of England.”

That made The Kid smile. Lady Jane liked that smile, too. It made dimples in the young woman’s cheeks.

“Well, I’m right charmed, your Majesty,” The Kid said, taking the soft fingers of Lady Jane into her hand for a moment.

Just then, Miguel arrived with a tray. Whisking out a snow-white napkin, he put a large brandy snifter down in front of Lady Jane, a quarter full of Napoleon brandy. In front of The Kid, he set down a caballito with 100% agave añejo tequila.

“Will that be all?” Miguel asked.

“Yes, thank you,” Lady Jane said. Silently as a cat, Miguel slipped back behind the bar and began to polish glasses.

Lady Jane swirled the liquor around in the bulbous glass, savoring the aroma. The Kid picked up her glass, they clinked them together and Lady Jane said, “Cheers.”

“Same to you,” The Kid replied.

They each took a sip of their drinks, then sat back, smiling awkwardly at one another. Neither said much. When their glasses were empty, Lady Jane signaled for Miguel to bring another round. Soon appearing with fresh drinks on his tray, he took the empty glasses and vanished again.

This time The Kid made the toast. “To new friends and old.” They touched their glasses together once again.

After they sipped some more, The Kid suddenly said, “Well, I’ll be,” gazing in awe at Lady Jane.

“Why, what is it?” asked Lady Jane, taken aback.

“You’d think me foolish if I said,” The Kid replied.

Her curiosity now piqued, Lady Jane said, “Please tell me.”

“Well,” The Kid said, after another sip of her tequila, “You see, this one time I was trackin’ a fella for the Rangers.”

Lady Jane took another warm swallow of brandy, feeling very relaxed. She thought about how attractive The Kid was, despite the stitch in her nose and the tattoos on her chin. Actually, she was beginning to like the tattoos, too.

“I tracked him way up north, right up into Canada,” The Kid continued, a hint of pinkness appearing in her cheeks. “Well, one night up there, I was curled up in my bedroll, when I woke up and saw these… these sheets of color, all over the sky.” The Kid took another sip of her drink, then continued. “A few days later, I met a French trapper; he told me that’s what they call the Northern Lights.”

Enthralled by The Kid’s story, Lady Jane listened intently.

“I’d never seen nothin’ like it before,” The Kid said softly. “Shimmerin’ waves of light, just a-floatin’ in the sky. There was red and blue and violet, and the most beautiful shade of green I ever did see.”

She slowly nodded, caught up in the memory of it. “That green color stayed in my mind. I knew I’d never see a sparklin’ shade of green like that ever again.” The Kid moved her glass about in a little circle on the table, looking down at it.

Then she looked up at Lady Jane. “And then I saw your eyes a moment ago… and there it was, that green again.” Turning away, The Kid drained her glass in a gulp, then shrugged. “I told you it was foolish.” Her cheeks were flushed now.

Lady Jane pressed a hand to her chest. “I… I think that beneath that rough exterior, you are something of a poet, Kid. No one has ever said anything so beautiful to me.”

The Kid gave an awkward chuckle. “Aw, shucks.” She gestured down at her yellow dress. “At least I don’t look so rough today, now do I?”

“Indeed not,” Lady Jane replied, her eyes sparkling. “In fact, you are quite lovely. Did you… wear that dress for me?” The Kid nodded. “I consider that a compliment. Thank you, Kid.”

The Kid smiled. “Y’know, there’s somethin’ else you put me in mind of… it’s a poem I learned a few years back. Would it be too forward of me if I was to say it right now?”

“I can think of nothing I’d enjoy more. Please, let me hear it.”

Draining the last of the tequila, The Kid set her glass down. “See, I worked for a medicine show for a spell, where I did trick shootin’ to draw a crowd. Then this father and his daughter went into their act, sellin’ their medicine. They had a fiddler, a clog dancer, and a man who did conjurin’ tricks. Then the father would end the show doin’ a poem by this fella, name of Shakespeare. He’s from England, so I reckon you’ve heard of him.”

“Oh, I have,” said Lady Jane, chuckling. “He is one of our… better known writers.”

“Let’s see if I can recall it now.” The Kid looked thoughtful for a moment as she rubbed her tattooed chin. Finally, she shrugged. “I can’t bring but a line or two to mind, but I would like to say ‘em to you.”

Reaching out to touch the young woman’s hand, Lady Jane said, “Please do, Kid.”

The Kid took a deep breath, then began to speak. “’Shall I compare thee to a summer day? Thou art more lovely and more temperate’.”

Lady Jane stared at The Kid, enchanted by her words.

“The next part, I can’t remember so well,” The Kid confessed. “It was about the summer and how it goes away… but his sweetheart’s beauty, it’ll always be there.” The Kid said. “Then it ends like this.” She gazed deep into those lovely green eyes. “‘So long as men can breathe, or eyes can see. So long lives this, and this gives life to thee’.”

A sob broke from Lady Jane’s lips, and she began to cry. Tears ran down her cheeks, darkened by the mascara she wore. The Kid remained silent, waiting for the woman to speak.

Finally regaining a semblance of control, Lady Jane reached into her bag, fumbling for a handkerchief. She wiped her face, looked around to make sure no one else was within earshot, then softly said, “I have been dishonest with you.” She waited for a response but, getting none, spoke on. “When I told you that I’d never killed anyone before… that was a lie. I did kill a man.”

The Kid still didn’t speak, but gave Lady Jane a nod that encouraged the woman to continue.

“I married when I was nineteen. Kenneth and I were happy, at first. He had a respectable job with a group of barristers. We lived modestly, but didn’t mind. We were in love, you see. If you’ve ever felt that way for someone, you’ll know that it’s more precious than material things.

“He was fired from his position when he discovered that a partner at the firm was embezzling. His mistake, you see, was to confront the man first. The partner stalled my husband for long enough to cover his tracks, to make it seem as if Kenneth was lying. Not only did the firm refuse to believe him, he was dismissed… and that wretched partner spread malicious gossip about Kenneth, enough to keep him from finding a job elsewhere.”

With a deep sigh, Lady Jane soldiered on. “After that, Kenneth was never the same. We had to move to a slum, where we lived in the most squalid conditions. He took to drink and gambling. He began to beat me. Once, he… he brought a man home, who paid him two quid t-to have his way with me.” She was on the verge of crying again, but angrily choked it back.

“One night… Kenneth got the horrors. He’d run out of gin, you see, and had no money to buy more. He was like a mad animal, raging and tearing at his hair. Then he ordered me to come with him, down to the street, where he would sell my body to whoever would pay for it. I… I refused, then he became more violent than ever. He came at me with a knife. We struggled and — and I struck out at him with the teakettle. He fell, and landed upon the blade.” She hung her head, unable to meet The Kid’s eyes. “When I turned Kenneth over, I saw that he was dead.”

The Kid reached over and took Lady Jane’s hand.

“Fool that I was, I went to the police to tell them what had happened,” Lady Jane said, pausing to take a swallow of brandy from her glass. “They arrested me on the spot, wouldn’t listen when I told them it was an accident. Once they examined the body and saw the mark that the kettle had left on his head, I was charged with murder. One of the constables called me a — a cheap whore, and that he hoped to see me hang.” She paused, fingering the rim of the snifter with her free hand, then resumed her story.

“On the way to court one day, I escaped. The man who escorted me was drunk, and fell asleep in the wagon. I took the key from him and freed myself, then slipped away before I was missed. I made my way to Liverpool, where I picked a man’s pocket. I was lucky — it was enough money to buy passage to America.”

“Where did you pick up the child?” The Kid asked.

A fresh tear ran down Lady Jane’s cheek. Draining her glass, she then said, “I… I can’t talk about her, not just yet. Another time, perhaps.”

“What about that Count fella?” The Kid asked. “How’d he come into it?”

“He was no more royalty than I am,” said Lady Jane, pursing her lips. “His name is Yves DeBries, and he comes from Quebec. Gracie and I were doing our spiritualist act, trying to raise the money to make our way to Australia. I have a sister there, you see.

“Yves saw one of our seances and latched onto us. Somehow he laid hands on a British newspaper, one printed soon after I made my escape, and discovered that I was a fugitive, wanted for murder. He threatened to expose me if I didn’t do as he said. I had no choice but to give in. So Yves assumed the name Count Cousiourac, and became part of our act.”

The Kid frowned. “He ever try to, um, take advantage of you?”

“Once, after he’d been drinking, and I rebuffed him in no uncertain terms. The next day, when he’d sobered up, he seemed to realize that our relationship was best kept professional. You see, Yves was useful to us, as he was more experienced than I at making contacts among rich people, the ones who would seek out the services we offered. He was also very good at wooing rich widows…” Lady Jane gave The Kid a knowing glance, “…or sometimes widowers or other men, if it served our purpose.

“He had the upper hand, but also knew that he needed us to succeed at this game, so we managed to reach an… arrangement of sorts. Yves got the bigger share of the money, though he did give me a decent enough amount, and did not attempt to have his way with me again. We weren’t friends, but I will say that he conducted himself like a gentleman, and was never cruel to Gracie.”

“How much did Mrs Ruggles pay you?” The Kid asked.

“Two thousand dollars. Yves hadn’t paid my share yet, so I suppose that horrid woman took it all when she killed him. We’d only asked for five hundred, but Mrs Ruggles was so pleased with the results that she gave us much more. I owe that to you, I know that now.” She gave The Kid a sad smile. “I got the truth out of Gracie, about your… taking over the seance. At the time, I was upset, but you were very good at it.” A sigh. “Pity I couldn’t have had you as a partner, instead of the Count.”

The Kid ignored that last remark. “Well, from what you told me, I’d say what you done over there in England was just pure self-defense. Or like the law calls it, death by misadventure.” She gave a comforting smile to Lady Jane. “What you just told me is our secret. Tell you this much, though — there ain’t a court in America that would convict you for the death of your husband.”

“The British court would,” Lady Jane muttered, her expression gloomy again. “They’re still searching for me, too. I may well be on the run for the rest of my life.”

“You best try to fix your face up a little,” The Kid suggested.

Taking a compact out of her purse, Lady Jane gave a shaky laugh when she saw herself in the small mirror. “Oh, my… I look like a rabid raccoon.”

She did what she could to repair the damage, then said, “Might we continue this discussion in our room? I really ought to check on Gracie… and I’m sure she would be delighted to see you again.”

“I’d purely love to see her myself.” Rising from her seat, The Kid reached out. “Shall we?” Lady Jane took, blushing a bit as she took the young woman’s hand.

The Kid glanced over his shoulder at the barman, who was flicking at the liquor bottles with a feather duster. “Put them drinks on my slate, Miguel.” Lady Jane began to protest, but The Kid shushed her. “No, no — I’d take it as a unkindness if you didn’t allow me to do the buyin’ here.”

Hand in hand, they climbed the stairs in a mellow silence.

Upon entering the room, Gracie was just beginning to wake, and had to be kept from leaping out of bed in her excitement to see The Kid.

“Thank you for coming by,” the child cooed, her eyes shining with delight. “What a pretty dress you have!”

“Aw, thanks,” The Kid replied. “Are you hungry?”

Gracie stopped to think. “I’m famished!” she replied.

“Tell you what — I’ll head on downstairs and rustle you up some grub.” She turned to Lady Jane. “Anything for you?”

“No, thank you — I already dined.”

“Be right back then.” With a wink, The Kid took her leave. A few minutes later, she returned with a tray.

Gracie sat at a small table and devoured the meal. Lady Jane had washed her face but had not yet applied any makeup.

The Kid decided she liked her better without all the war paint, but chose not to say so. Instead, she nodded in Gracie’s direction. “That girl sure has a fierce appetite. Gotta say, though… you’re mighty lucky to have her.”

“She is an ideal companion,” Lady Jane replied with a mysterious smile. “I believe you know yourself just how… special Gracie can be.”

The Kid suddenly looked uneasy. “Um… I ain’t exactly sure what you’re gettin’ at.”

Laying her fork to one side, Gracie said, “It’s all right, Miss Kid. I’ve already told my lady about our trysts.”

The Kid looked at Gracie. “Trysts?” she said, puzzled.

The girl’s long dark hair hung over her white nightshirt. Her bare ankles and feet were visible. The garment was slightly open at the top, exposing Gracie’s long neck and one pale shoulder. The Kid longed to caress her there, to slip a hand into the plain cotton nightgown and tease the child’s nipples.

Lady Jane smiled. “Yes, trysts. It usually refers to a planned meeting between lovers… but yours sounded quite spontaneous, from what Gracie told me.”

Unable to keep herself from blushing, The Tequila Kid muttered, “So you know about that little bit of sparkin’ we done, do you?”

“Yes,” Lady Jane answered. She was idly trailing a finger up and down between her breasts. “I must say it made me rather aroused, hearing about the things you did with her.”

“I thought that just maybe, Gracie might of learned how to kiss like that from you.”

“In a way, we learned from one another,” Lady Jane looked lovingly at Gracie, then continued. “She and I became… especially close on the voyage at sea. All we had was each other, and it seemed right, somehow, for us to share love together.”

Moving over to where the girl sat, Lady Jane stood behind her, reaching out to stroke Gracie’s face. “She was a most eager student in the art of giving pleasure. As you’ve found out for yourself, Kid.”

“Y’know, I just had me a feelin’ about that,” The Kid said.

They fell silent, the two women and the little girl exchanging knowing looks. The Kid could feel the sexual tension charging the air of the room.

“Tell me, do you get yourself naked at all them seances?” The Kid asked.

“Yes, I do. Distracting everyone with my nudity helps me to keep control of things,” Lady Jane answered.

Gracie smiled. The Kid hadn’t ever seen her give an honest pretty-child smile before. She liked it, and felt a strong urge to kiss the girl.

“And if truth be told,” Lady Jane added, “I find it very arousing to let others see me in the altogether.” She slipped a hand inside Gracie’s nightgown, stroking the child’s chest beneath the soft material. “Especially beautiful women… and girls.”

The Kid smiled and said, “Yes, indeed. I saw how it really gets your honey flowin’. Only that ain’t what you call it, I remember.”

That made Gracie giggle. She was dreamy-eyed and smiling, enjoying Lady Jane’s caresses.

“Ectoplasm,” Lady Jane said. “I did notice that you and Miss Purdy knew what it really was.”

“Got any of that ectoplasm flowin’ now, you reckon?”

Jane’s cheeks were slightly flushed as she said, “Perhaps I do.” Glancing down at the girl, she said, “Dear Gracie… help me disrobe, so we can see if the spirits are upon me.”

The Kid was spellbound as she watched the eleven-year-old girl begin to undress her mistress. First Gracie removed Lady Jane’s shoes, then the dress, stockings, and corset and the rest of the underclothes.

Now nude, Jane stood with arms spread, displaying herself. The Kid’s heart was throbbing, and she ached to touch the woman, but chose instead to let things play out.

“Gracie,” Lady Jane said, “Please examine me to see if the spirits have begun to manifest themselves.”

The Kid watched appreciatively as Gracie reached out to touch Jane’s vulva, then began to fondle it. The girl smiled as the labia of her mistress began to swell.

Moments later, Gracie displayed her glistening fingers. “Yes, my lady… the spirits are here, most certainly.”

The Kid moistened her lips as Jane sat down on a chair, legs spread apart, and pulled Gracie close. “Dear child,” she whispered, then kissed the girl. Gracie began to respond, and their kiss grew increasingly heated. As her tongue flickered in and out of the young girl’s mouth, Jane cupped Gracie’s firm bottom with one hand, then both.

While she watched the two lovers, The Kid stepped out of her moccasins, then removed the dress. She had nothing on under it, except the gold ring on its chain around her neck. When Gracie and Jane finally broke their kiss, they were both pleasantly surprised to see The Kid standing before them in the nude.

“Oh, Kid,” Gracie breathed, “I’ve longed to see you in your natural splendor. You are even more beautiful than I imagined.”

“Thank you, Gracie.” The Kid said. “I just wanted to check somethin’, that’s why I got undressed.” She reached down to rub her pussy for a moment, then inserted a finger into her vagina. Withdrawing it, she studied the glistening digit. When she pulled her finger back out it was coated with her love honey.

Holding the finger up for the others to see, The Kid said, “Yep, just like I thought, I got them spirits in me, too.” Putting the wet finger in her mouth, she sucked it clean.

Lady Jane rose, drifted over to where The Kid stood, then turned back to face the girl.

“My dear Gracie,” she said. “Do you think The Kid is more beautiful than your mistress?” She posed, putting her bare body on display.

Gracie was wide-eyed, staring at the two nude women side by side. The Kid was tall with the lithe body of a woman barely out of her teens. Lady Jane was shorter than The Kid, her body full and mature with soft curves and generous breasts.

“Please, my lady,” Gracie sighed, her face aglow. “You ask me to compare a sunrise to a sunset. Both so lovely, yet so very different.”

“Now, now, your Majesty,” The Kid said, placing both hands on Jane’s shoulders and turning the woman until  they faced each other. “Don’t make things hard for the girl. I reckon she wants us both.”

Blushing slightly, Jane reached out to give The Kid’s hand a squeeze. “You’re right. I’m being foolish.”

The two women slowly drew nearer, lips briefly touching as they came together in an embrace. They drifted apart, each studying the other’s nudity, then their mouths met once more in a kiss that soon grew deep and lustful. Gracie watched, her eyes dancing excitedly as Lady Jane and The Kid began to grind their bare bodies together.

The Kid allowed her hands to glide down the supple back of her new lover, steadily moving lower until she was clutching Lady Jane’s ass. She fondled the shapely globes, causing Jane to moan into their kiss. This encouraged The Kid to run a finger between the hot globes of flesh, lingering over the older woman’s anus.

This gentle pressure on her most private spot made Jane break the kiss, Dipping down, she placed her mouth over one of The Kid’s small breasts, taking the hard nipple between her lips, teasing the tip with quick flicks of the tongue.

Glancing over at Gracie, The Kid saw that the child was still seated, her face flushed and breathing heavily as she watched the two women make love.

After pleasuring The Kid’s other nipple, Jane looked up at The Kid, then followed the young woman’s gaze over to where Gracie sat. She smiled, then spoke.

“Ever since Gracie described what the two of you did together, I longed to witness it for myself… and now, I can,” Jane said. “Go to Gracie, let me see you kiss her.”

Lady Jane began to toy with her sex, studying The Kid’s bare bum as the young woman made her way over to where Gracie sat, pausing to stand before the girl. Gracie licked her lips as she stared at The Kid’s cunt,  now so close that she could smell it.

Placing both hands on the armrests of the chair, The Kid bent down, slowly drawing closer to Gracie’s upturned face. As their lips met Gracie reached up to touch The Kid’s bare tits, still wet from Jane’s mouth.

The child’s lips parted, and The Kid’s tongue emerged to slip between them. They shared a lover’s kiss, Gracie sucking on the warm, wet tongue as it mingled with hers. The Kid felt a hot trickle of pussy nectar run down her inner thigh.

Suddenly The Kid stood up straight, breaking their kiss. Gracie pouted for an instant, but it vanished as The Kid posed with both legs parted, holding her pussy open with two fingers. “Look at me, girl,” The Kid softly said. “Like what you see? Was it worth waitin’ for?”

Gracie gaped at the slick wet vagina in front of her, then gazed up at The Kid, her eyes shining. “Oh, Miss Kid. There is nothing I want more at this moment than to lick you. Please say I can!”

Lady Jane appeared at The Kid’s side, casually fingering her own wet pussy. Gracie’s face practically glowed as her hungry blue eyes moved from one nude woman to the other, then back again.

“Manners, my child.” Jane said. “It’s only fair that The Kid should gaze upon your fair charms before you get to sample hers.” She turned to The Kid. “You would like to see Gracie naked… wouldn’t you, Kid?”

“I sure would,” The Kid managed to say.

Lady Jane took control of the two mesmerized youngsters — first pulling Gracie into a standing position, then guiding The Kid into the chair. Then taking a small step back, she smiled at Gracie and whispered, “Show yourself to us, sweet child.”

Spreading her legs, The Kid began to masturbate as Gracie undid the remaining buttons on her nightshirt. With a shy smile, the little girl pushed the garment off her shoulders and let it fall to the floor, where it ringed her ankles.

The Kid studied the girl, wanting to take in every lovely inch of her. First she stared at the thick, dark hair and those deep blue eyes, framed by long eyelashes. Her gaze shifted to Gracie’s freckled, upturned nose and the full red lips below. Then she took in the girl’s long neck and narrow shoulders.

Her eyes lingered for a long while on the child’s barely budding breasts, and the ripe cherry nipples that adorned them. The Kid ached to take one into her mouth right then, but forced herself to wait, to take a good long look at the rest of her first.

She drank in the vision of Gracie’s narrow hips, the soft belly, the adorable cleft of her navel. The Kid swallowed, then licked her lips as she looked at the child’s slit, nestled so beautifully between the plump lips of her vulva. There was already a hint of moisture there. The Kid hummed blissfully as she scanned the girl’s long coltish legs up and down, seeing the knees tremble slightly. Again, her eyes were drawn to the cleft of Gracie’s vagina, wondering how it would taste.

Lady Jane’s voice broke into The Kid’s reverie. “I think,” she said, “that we should all move to the bed.”

The three lovers took the few steps together, little Gracie framed by the two women. At the foot of the bed, they paused to exchange heated kisses, hands exploring bare skin. Now recovered from her bashfulness, Gracie eagerly fondled The Kid and Lady Jane in turn — one lean and taut, the other soft and rounded.

As Gracie clambered onto the bed, The Kid firmly grasped the little girl’s firm buttocks, giving them an appreciative squeeze. The child cooed with delight. Jane and The Kid joined Gracie, where they knelt in a tight circle and shared a few more delicious kisses.

Somehow, they seemed to drift naturally into a rough circle. Gracie applied her lips and tongue to The Kid’s clit and pussy. Lady Jane suckled Gracie’s smooth slit, and The Kid applied her considerable oral skills to Jane’s cunt.

The trio of lovers soon began to near the precipice, the pleasure slowly but steadily building between them. Peering down, The Kid took a look at Gracie, the child’s mouth busy between The Kid’s legs, then raised her head for a glimpse of Jane as she licked lustily at Gracie.

“Hold on there now, you two.” The Kid said. “Before we spend, let’s switch around, lick each other that way.”

“Yes, I want to taste my lady’s fanny, too,” Gracie cooed. “And I’d love to feel your mouth on me, Kid!”

Reversing their positions, the lovers resumed their love play. The Kid paused just long enough to watch little Gracie feast on Lady Jane’s wet pussy, then glanced down at Jane, thrilled to see the older woman’s head between her own legs.

The Kid pressed a warm kiss into Gracie’s sweet slit, then gently applied her tongue to it. Soon the three lovers were licking one another with an urgency that promised utter bliss for them all. Placing a trembling hand on Jane’s head to urge her on, The Kid felt a fire growing in her loins, on the verge of raging out of control.

Don’t you finish yet! she admonished herself. Wait for the others.

Gracie could be heard moaning into Lady Jane’s cunt. She’s pretty close to spending too, The Kid realized, flicking the little girl’s tiny clit with her darting tongue as she eased a finger into Gracie’s hot, tight tunnel. The child moaned appreciatively as that finger slowly moved in and out of what Gracie had called her ‘fanny’. That’s a funny word, The Kid mused. Guess it’s what them English folks say.

Her thoughts suddenly scattered when she felt Lady Jane insert a slick finger into her butthole and work it back and forth, her mouth busy nursing The Kid’s clit. Shit, I can’t hold back no more…! Blindly finding little Gracie’s clitoris with her fingers, The Kid gave the small swollen organ a gentle tweak.

That turned the trick. Gracie’s whimper quickly rose into a choked cry, and The Kid came an instant later. A moment after that, Lady Jane’s body began to jerk, her sounds of pleasure muffled by The Kid’s juicy flesh.

Finally they lay exhausted and spent, breathing deeply, their nude bodies glazed with sweat. The Kid’s face was resting on Gracie’s tender thigh. Jane was the first to pull herself in line with the bed, twisting around to lie on her back, head propped on a pillow. The Kid followed suit, bringing Gracie along so that she was nestling between the women.

Jane and The Kid kissed, their hands mingling as they both fondled the child’s beautiful bottom. Gracie joined in their kiss, and the three lovers enjoyed the mingled taste of pussy that coated their mouths, lips, chins and tongues. They lingered together for a half hour or thereabouts.

Once The Kid had gathered her strength, she reluctantly rose, then went over to freshen up at the wash basin, applying the cool water under her arms and between her legs. She slipped back into her dress, then stepped into her moccasins. Frowning at her reflection in the mirror, she straightened her hair until it looked slightly less unruly.

Turning back to the bed, The Kid said, “Reckon I’d better go.”

Opening one eye, Gracie sighed. “Must you go, Miss Kid?”

“Fraid so, sweetie. I’ve got to go check on Ann. She’s still feelin’ kinda beat up.”

“Why did you come here today, Kid?” Jane asked. “You never did say.”

Grinning, The Kid replied, “Y’know, I ain’t exactly sure what my business here was. But I’ll say this — I sure did get somethin’ I wanted.” She bent to swap kisses with Gracie, then Jane, and made her exit, pausing on the way out to take a last look at the naked woman and child, still curled up together on the bed.

Whistling tunelessly, The Kid made her way down the hotel stairs, eager to get home and back into her everyday clothes.

***

When The Kid got back to Ann’s, her lover was still dozing on the sofa. She went upstairs to take off her dress and put it away, then slipped into a fresh pair of blue jeans and a clean shirt. Coming back down, she found Ann beginning to stir.

Bending to kiss her forehead, The Kid softly said, “How you feelin’ there, Andromeda?”

Ann replied with a yawn, then pouted. “I hurt… so I need you to be extra sweet to me today.”

“Feel hungry?” The Kid asked, stroking Ann’s forehead.

“Mmm, that feels lovely. And yes, since you ask, I am very hungry.”

“How ‘bout I rustle up some coffee? Then I’ll fix some mashed potatoes and scrambled eggs while you get some more rest?”

Ann rolled her eyes heavenward. “You are a godsend, Kid.”

“Comin’ right up.” With one last kiss on the cheek, The Kid left for the kitchen.

While Ann waited, she stretched, then carefully worked her sore jaw around a bit. It still ached, but not as badly as the day before. With a sigh, she laid back, placing both hands in her lap, then felt something in her pocket. Curious, she reached inside, emerging with the telegram she’d picked up for The Kid on the previous afternoon.

“Oh, dear,” she mumbled. In all the hullabaloo, she’d completely forgotten about it. “Kid?” she called out.

Just then, her lover returned, bearing a steaming mug. “Here’s your coffee. What’s that you got there?”

“Oh, Kid,” Ann said, “When I got to town yesterday, I picked up a telegram for you, one that Josh said you’d been waiting for. I forgot all about it till just now. I’m so sorry.”

“From Mort Farnum?” The Kid asked. Ann nodded. “Can you read it to me?”

When Ann finished, she looked up at The Kid. “What are you going to do now?” Ann was puzzled by the pink cheeks and odd expression of surprise on The Kid’s face.

“Nothin’ just yet,” The Kid replied, gently taking the telegram from Ann, folding the piece of paper twice, then slipping it into the left hand pocket of her vest. “Well, actually, I’m gonna check on them potatoes. Reckon they’re just ‘bout done.”

Turning away, she went back to the kitchen. Ann thoughtfully rubbed her sore jaw as she watched The Kid go.

***

Five days had passed since then. Now, still leaning against the tree, The Kid watched her horse crop the sweet grass. Studying the tree’s shadow, she judged it to be nearly two o’clock. Slowly rising to her feet, she strode over to where Button stood.

She’d tightened the cinch on her saddle and was fixing the bit on the bridle when she saw the buckskin horse with black stockings approach, carrying Sheriff Masters.

The Kid waved her hat and called out, “Over here, Gus.”

Gus rode up and silently dismounted by the creek, letting his horse drink. Then he turned to The Kid and folded his arms, studying her for a moment before he finally spoke. “You’ve been avoidin’ me all this week, Kid. I’ve not seen hair nor hide of you. Care to tell me why?”

“Sorry, Gus.” She fumbled around in her vest pocket and pulled out an envelope, handing it to the sheriff. “I reckon the rest of what you want to know is in here.”

Gus looked at the envelope, then read aloud, “To Tequila Kid, Knuckle Ridge, Texas, from Mort Farnum Pinkerton Detectives, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.” The Kid nodded, hooking her thumbs in her belt as Gus opened it up and silently perused the contents.

COUNT COUSIOURAC IS THE ALIAS OF YVES DE BRIES STOP WANTED FOR MURDER AND ROBBERY IN QUEBEC TWO THOUSAND DOLLAR REWARD STOP LADY JANE WYETH-BOTON IS ALIAS OF MAGGIE MCGILL HOPKINS STOP WANTED FOR MURDER OF HUSBAND KENNETH IN ENGLAND STOP NO WARRANTS FOUND FOR HER IN U.S. STOP HAS BEEN RUNNING BOGUS SPIRITUALIST ACT WITH DAUGHTER GRACIE STOP APPREHEND AND HOLD ALL THREE IF POSSIBLE STOP WILL ARRIVE ON 10TH TO TAKE CUSTODY STOP

Gus frowned at the telegram a long time before looking up at The Kid. “The tenth… shit, that’s tomorrow, when this Pinkerton man gets here. I’ll be busy transferrin’ that Sinclair woman. Are you gonna deal with this Farnum fella, then? You plannin’ to arrest Lady Jane…” He stole a quick glance at the telegram. “Maggie McGill, I mean?”

“No,” The Kid said. “Y’see, I just wanted to find out who they all were. Didn’t mean for Mort to come out here and cart ‘em away.” She shook her head. “Damn it all, I should’ve knowed he’d do that. When Mort gets his teeth set in somethin’, he’s like a bulldog. Won’t turn it loose.” She patted the sheriff on the back. “Let’s get back into town, Gus. I’ll tell you what I know on the way.”

As they rode side by side, The Kid shared Maggie’s story with Gus, leaving out the things she’d done with the woman and her daughter on Saturday.

Knuckle Ridge came into sight as The Kid was saying, “So y’see, Gus, all she’s guilty of is bein’ a woman. Sure, she ran a con game, but she ain’t wanted here for that. Hell, it ain’t like she’s stealin’ from them folks anyhow — they get what they paid for.”

Gus was toying with his ear. “So what in tarnation are you plannin’ to do with her?”

“Leave it to me. Come early Saturday, I’ll have Maggie and her little girl on their way to Australia. They got family down there.”

“Huh. Gotta say, I’m surprised to find out that servant girl was really the McGill woman’s daughter. Never would’ve guessed that myself; how ‘bout you?”

The Kid felt her cheeks grow warm, but kept her voice neutral. “No… I never figured that.”

Gus sighed heavily. “All right, Kid. I reckon this Farnum fella will come to me first. I’ll let him know where the Count is buried. He asks about the McGill woman, I’ll tell him he needs to see you, and that’ll be as much as I know about the matter. Handle this however you want from there, just leave me out of it. Especially if you plan on bendin’ the law to your own ends.”

The Kid smiled and said, “Much obliged, Gus.” They were approaching the turnoff to Ann’s place. “Well, I’ve gotta go. Don’t you worry none.” Touching the brim of her hat, she rode off in a different direction.

Watching her ride away, Gus shook his head. God damn it. When she says that, why does it make me worry more than ever?

On to Chapter Nine!

1